mkdir -p './courier-imap/shared.tmp'
mkdir -p './dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d'
mkdir -p './gtk-2.0/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu'
-mkdir -p './lvm/cache'
mkdir -p './php/apache2-php5.5/ext'
mkdir -p './php/apache2-php5.5/ext-active'
mkdir -p './php/cgi-php5.5/ext'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/conf.d/fsck.dist'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/conf.d/keymaps'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/conf.d/keymaps.dist'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/conf.d/named'
+maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/conf.d/named.dist'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/conf.d/postgresql-9.1'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/conf.d/postgresql-9.1.dist'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/conf.d/postgresql-9.2'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/sysstat'
maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/sysstat.dist'
maybe chmod 0640 'config-archive/etc/ulogd.conf'
+maybe chmod 0640 'config-archive/etc/ulogd.conf.1'
maybe chmod 0640 'config-archive/etc/ulogd.conf.dist'
maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/usr'
maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/usr/share'
maybe chmod 0644 'grub.d/README'
maybe chmod 0400 'gshadow'
maybe chmod 0600 'gshadow-'
-maybe chmod 0644 'gssapi_mech.conf'
maybe chmod 0755 'gtk-2.0'
maybe chmod 0755 'gtk-2.0/i686-pc-linux-gnu'
maybe chmod 0644 'gtk-2.0/i686-pc-linux-gnu/gtk.immodules'
maybe chmod 0755 'lvm'
maybe chmod 0700 'lvm/archive'
maybe chmod 0600 'lvm/archive/vg00_00000.vg'
+maybe chmod 0600 'lvm/archive/vg00_00001-682332803.vg'
maybe chmod 0700 'lvm/backup'
maybe chmod 0600 'lvm/backup/vg00'
maybe chmod 0700 'lvm/cache'
+maybe chmod 0600 'lvm/cache/.cache'
maybe chmod 0644 'lvm/lvm.conf'
maybe chmod 0755 'lvm/profile'
maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/default.profile'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/language.def.d'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/language.def.d/.keep_app-text_texlive-core-0'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/ls-R'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/HA-prosper.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/HA-prosper.d/HA-prosper.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrdir.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrplaner.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrsmall.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akfax.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akletter.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/altfont.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/psfont.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/bardiag.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/bardiag.d/bardiag.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/bhcexam.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/bhcexam.d/BHCexam.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/catoptions.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/catoptions.d/catoptions-guide.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/cdpbundl.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/cdpbundl.d/cdpshues.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/contour.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/contour.d/contour.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/coverpage.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/coverpage.d/CoverPage.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/csquotes.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/csquotes.d/csquotes.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/dinbrief.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/dinbrief.d/dinbrief.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/draftcopy.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/draftcopy.d/draftcopy.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/endfloat.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/endfloat.d/efxmpl.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-de.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-en.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5371.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5388.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/foilhtml.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/foilhtml.d/foilhtml.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/abbrevs.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/compsci.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/slemph.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/titles.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/guitlogo.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/guitlogo.d/guit.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/ifmslide.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/ifmslide.d/ifmslide.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/keyreader.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/keyreader.d/keyreader-guide.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/lettrine.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/lettrine.d/lettrine.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/ltxdockit.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/ltxdockit.d/ltxdockit.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/mlist.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/mlist.d/mlist.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/morehype.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/morehype.d/blogdot.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-abort.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-experimental.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-l2tabu.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-orthodox.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/makedoc.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/mdoccorr.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/atari.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/copyfile.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/fdtxttex.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample01.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample02.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample04.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample05.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pagerange.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pagerange.d/pagerange-guide.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfslide.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfslide.d/pdfslide.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfwin.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfwin.d/pdfwin.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pict2e.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pict2e.d/pict2e.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/plweb.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/plweb.d/pl.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/polyglot.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/polyglot.d/polyglot.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/preview.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/preview.d/prauctex.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/psfragx.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/psfragx.d/psfragx.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/rcsinfo.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/rcsinfo.d/rcsinfo.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/refstyle.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/refstyle.d/refstyle.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/rmpage.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/rmpage.d/rmpgen.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/skb.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/skb.d/skb.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/standalone.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/standalone.d/standalone.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/subfigure.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/subfigure.d/subfigure.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/swimgraf.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/swimgraf.d/swimgraf.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d/tpcolors.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d/tpoptions.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d/tpsettings.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/tkz-base.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/tkz-base.d/tkz-base.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/typeface.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/typeface.d/typeface.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/yagusylo.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/yagusylo.d/yagusylo.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/ydoc.d'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/ydoc.d/ydoc.cfg'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/texmf.d'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/texmf.d/00header.cnf'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/texmf.d/05searchpaths.cnf'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-basic.cfg'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-fontsrecommended.cfg'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-latex.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-latexextra.cfg'
+maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-pictures.cfg'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/web2c'
maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/web2c.d'
maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/web2c.d/fmtutil-hdr.cnf'
# e.g.: mail, daemon, user, local0, ... local7
$enable_db = 1; # enable use of BerkeleyDB/libdb (SNMP and nanny)
+# $enable_zmq = 1; # enable use of ZeroMQ (SNMP and nanny)
$nanny_details_level = 2; # nanny verbosity: 1: traditional, 2: detailed
$enable_dkim_verification = 0; # enable DKIM signatures verification
$enable_dkim_signing = 0; # load DKIM signing code, keys defined by dkim_key
# $dspam = 'dspam';
$MAXLEVELS = 14;
-$MAXFILES = 1500;
+$MAXFILES = 3000;
$MIN_EXPANSION_QUOTA = 100*1024; # bytes (default undef, not enforced)
-$MAX_EXPANSION_QUOTA = 300*1024*1024; # bytes (default undef, not enforced)
+$MAX_EXPANSION_QUOTA = 500*1024*1024; # bytes (default undef, not enforced)
$sa_spam_subject_tag = '***Spam*** ';
$defang_virus = 1; # MIME-wrap passed infected mail
# REMAINING IMPORTANT VARIABLES ARE LISTED HERE BECAUSE OF LONGER ASSIGNMENTS
@keep_decoded_original_maps = (new_RE(
- qr'^MAIL$', # retain full original message for virus checking
- qr'^MAIL-UNDECIPHERABLE$', # recheck full mail if it contains undecipherables
+ qr'^MAIL$', # let virus scanner see full original message
+ qr'^MAIL-UNDECIPHERABLE$', # same as ^MAIL$ if mail is undecipherable
qr'^(ASCII(?! cpio)|text|uuencoded|xxencoded|binhex)'i,
# qr'^Zip archive data', # don't trust Archive::Zip
));
@decoders = (
['mail', \&do_mime_decode],
-# ['asc', \&do_ascii],
-# ['uue', \&do_ascii],
-# ['hqx', \&do_ascii],
-# ['ync', \&do_ascii],
- ['F', \&do_uncompress, ['unfreeze','freeze -d','melt','fcat'] ],
- ['Z', \&do_uncompress, ['uncompress','gzip -d','zcat'] ],
- ['gz', \&do_uncompress, 'gzip -d'],
+# [[qw(asc uue hqx ync)], \&do_ascii], # not safe
+ ['F', \&do_uncompress, ['unfreeze', 'freeze -d', 'melt', 'fcat'] ],
+ ['Z', \&do_uncompress, ['uncompress', 'gzip -d', 'zcat'] ],
+ ['gz', \&do_uncompress, 'gzip -d'],
['gz', \&do_gunzip],
- ['bz2', \&do_uncompress, 'bzip2 -d'],
- ['xz', \&Amavis::Unpackers::do_uncompress,
+ ['bz2', \&do_uncompress, 'bzip2 -d'],
+ ['xz', \&do_uncompress,
['xzdec', 'xz -dc', 'unxz -c', 'xzcat'] ],
- ['lzma', \&Amavis::Unpackers::do_uncompress,
+ ['lzma', \&do_uncompress,
['lzmadec', 'xz -dc --format=lzma',
'lzma -dc', 'unlzma -c', 'lzcat', 'lzmadec'] ],
- ['lzo', \&do_uncompress, 'lzop -d'],
- ['rpm', \&do_uncompress, ['rpm2cpio.pl','rpm2cpio'] ],
- ['cpio', \&do_pax_cpio, ['pax','gcpio','cpio'] ],
- ['tar', \&do_pax_cpio, ['pax','gcpio','cpio'] ],
- ['deb', \&do_ar, 'ar'],
-# ['a', \&do_ar, 'ar'], # unpacking .a seems an overkill
- ['zip', \&do_unzip],
- ['7z', \&do_7zip, ['7zr','7za','7z'] ],
- ['rar', \&do_unrar, ['rar','unrar'] ],
- ['arj', \&do_unarj, ['arj','unarj'] ],
- ['arc', \&do_arc, ['nomarch','arc'] ],
- ['zoo', \&do_zoo, ['zoo','unzoo'] ],
-# ['lha', \&do_lha, 'lha'], # unmaintained - security risk
-# ['doc', \&do_ole, 'ripole'],
- ['cab', \&do_cabextract, 'cabextract'],
- ['tnef', \&do_tnef_ext, 'tnef'],
+ ['lrz', \&do_uncompress,
+ ['lrzip -q -k -d -o -', 'lrzcat -q -k'] ],
+ ['lzo', \&do_uncompress, 'lzop -d'],
+ ['rpm', \&do_uncompress, ['rpm2cpio.pl', 'rpm2cpio'] ],
+ [['cpio','tar'], \&do_pax_cpio, ['pax', 'gcpio', 'cpio'] ],
+ # ['/usr/local/heirloom/usr/5bin/pax', 'pax', 'gcpio', 'cpio']
+ ['deb', \&do_ar, 'ar'],
+# ['a', \&do_ar, 'ar'], # unpacking .a seems an overkill
+ ['rar', \&do_unrar, ['unrar', 'rar'] ],
+ ['arj', \&do_unarj, ['unarj', 'arj'] ],
+ ['arc', \&do_arc, ['nomarch', 'arc'] ],
+ ['zoo', \&do_zoo, ['zoo', 'unzoo'] ],
+ ['doc', \&do_ole, 'ripole'],
+ ['cab', \&do_cabextract, 'cabextract'],
+ ['tnef', \&do_tnef_ext, 'tnef'],
['tnef', \&do_tnef],
-# ['sit', \&do_unstuff, 'unstuff'], # broken/unsafe decoder
- ['exe', \&do_executable, ['rar','unrar'], 'lha', ['arj','unarj'] ],
+# ['lha', \&do_lha, 'lha'], # not safe, use 7z instead
+# ['sit', \&do_unstuff, 'unstuff'], # not safe
+ [['zip','kmz'], \&do_7zip, ['7za', '7z'] ],
+ [['zip','kmz'], \&do_unzip],
+ ['7z', \&do_7zip, ['7zr', '7za', '7z'] ],
+ [[qw(7z zip gz bz2 Z tar)],
+ \&do_7zip, ['7za', '7z'] ],
+ [[qw(xz lzma jar cpio arj rar swf lha iso cab deb rpm)],
+ \&do_7zip, '7z' ],
+ ['exe', \&do_executable, ['unrar','rar'], 'lha', ['unarj','arj'] ],
);
@av_scanners = (
# ### http://www.sophos.com/
-# ['Sophos-SSSP',
+# ['Sophos-SSSP', # SAV Dynamic Interface
# \&ask_daemon, ["{}", 'sssp:/var/run/savdi/sssp.sock'],
# # or: ["{}", 'sssp:[127.0.0.1]:4010'],
# qr/^DONE OK\b/m, qr/^VIRUS\b/m, qr/^VIRUS\s*(\S*)/m ],
# ### http://www.avast.com/
# ['avast! Antivirus daemon',
-# \&ask_daemon, # greets with 220, terminate with QUIT
+# \&ask_daemon, # greets with 220, terminate with QUIT
# ["SCAN {}\015\012QUIT\015\012", '/var/run/avast4/mailscanner.sock'],
-# qr/\t\[\+\]/m, qr/\t\[L\]\t/m, qr/\t\[L\]\t([^[ \t\015\012]+)/m ],
+# qr/\t\[\+\]/m, qr/\t\[L\]\t/m, qr/\t\[L\]\t[0-9]+\s+([^[ \t\015\012]+)/m ],
# ### http://www.avast.com/
# ['avast! Antivirus - Client/Server Version', 'avastlite',
# sub {chdir($TEMPBASE) or die "Can't chdir back to $TEMPBASE $!"},
],
-# Commented out because the name 'sweep' clashes with Debian and FreeBSD
-# package/port of an audio editor. Make sure the correct 'sweep' is found
-# in the path when enabling.
-#
-# ### http://www.sophos.com/ - backs up Sophie or SAVI-Perl
-# ['Sophos Anti Virus (sweep)', 'sweep',
-# '-nb -f -all -rec -ss -sc -archive -cab -mime -oe -tnef '.
-# '--no-reset-atime {}',
-# [0,2], qr/Virus .*? found/m,
-# qr/^>>> Virus(?: fragment)? '?(.*?)'? found/m,
-# ],
-# # other options to consider: -idedir=/usr/local/sav
+ ### http://www.sophos.com/
+ ['Sophos Anti Virus (savscan)', # formerly known as 'sweep'
+ ['/opt/sophos-av/bin/savscan', 'savscan'], # 'sweep'
+ '-nb -f -all -rec -ss -sc -archive -cab -mime -oe -tnef '.
+ '--no-reset-atime {}',
+ [0,2], qr/Virus .*? found/m,
+ qr/^>>> Virus(?: fragment)? '?(.*?)'? found/m,
+ ],
+ # other options to consider: -idedir=/usr/local/sav
+ # A name 'sweep' clashes with a name of an audio editor (Debian and FreeBSD).
+ # Make sure the correct 'sweep' is found in the path if using the old name.
# Always succeeds and considers mail clean.
# Potentially useful when all other scanners fail and it is desirable
options {
directory "/var/bind";
- pid-file "/var/run/named/named.pid";
+ pid-file "/run/named/named.pid";
/* https://www.isc.org/solutions/dlv >=bind-9.7.x only */
//bindkeys-file "/etc/bind/bind.keys";
zone "." in {
type hint;
- file "/var/bind/root.cache";
+ file "/var/bind/named.cache";
};
zone "localhost" IN {
#CHROOT_NOCHECK=1
# Default pid file location
-PIDFILE="${CHROOT}/var/run/named/named.pid"
+PIDFILE="${CHROOT}/run/named/named.pid"
# Scheduling priority: 19 is the lowest and -20 is the highest.
# Default: 0
options {
directory "/var/bind";
- pid-file "/var/run/named/named.pid";
+ pid-file "/run/named/named.pid";
/* https://www.isc.org/solutions/dlv >=bind-9.7.x only */
//bindkeys-file "/etc/bind/bind.keys";
--- /dev/null
+# Set various named options here.
+#
+OPTIONS="-d 2"
+
+# Set this to the number of processors you want bind to use.
+# Leave this unchanged if you want bind to automatically detect the number
+#CPU="1"
+
+# If you wish to run bind in a chroot:
+# 1) un-comment the CHROOT= assignment, below. You may use
+# a different chroot directory but MAKE SURE it's empty.
+# 2) run: emerge --config =<bind-version>
+#
+#CHROOT="/chroot/dns"
+
+# Uncomment to enable binmount of /usr/share/GeoIP
+#CHROOT_GEOIP="1"
+
+# Uncomment the line below to avoid that the init script mounts the needed paths
+# into the chroot directory.
+# You have to copy all needed config files by hand if you say CHROOT_NOMOUNT="1".
+#CHROOT_NOMOUNT="1"
+
+# Uncomment this option if you have setup your own chroot environment and you
+# don't want/need the chroot consistency check
+#CHROOT_NOCHECK=1
+
+# Default pid file location
+PIDFILE="${CHROOT}/var/run/named/named.pid"
+
+# Scheduling priority: 19 is the lowest and -20 is the highest.
+# Default: 0
+#NAMED_NICELEVEL="0"
+
+# Uncomment rc_named_use/rc_named_after for the database you need.
+# Its necessary to ensure the database backend will be started before named.
+
+# MySQL
+#rc_named_use="mysql"
+#rc_named_after="mysql"
+
+# PostgreSQL
+#rc_named_use="pg_autovacuum postgresql"
+#rc_named_after="pg_autovacuum postgresql"
+
+# LDAP
+rc_named_use="ldap"
+rc_named_after="ldap"
--- /dev/null
+# Set various named options here.
+#
+#OPTIONS=""
+
+# Set this to the number of processors you want bind to use.
+# Leave this unchanged if you want bind to automatically detect the number
+#CPU="1"
+
+# If you wish to run bind in a chroot:
+# 1) un-comment the CHROOT= assignment, below. You may use
+# a different chroot directory but MAKE SURE it's empty.
+# 2) run: emerge --config =<bind-version>
+#
+#CHROOT="/chroot/dns"
+
+# Uncomment to enable binmount of /usr/share/GeoIP
+#CHROOT_GEOIP="1"
+
+# Uncomment the line below to avoid that the init script mounts the needed paths
+# into the chroot directory.
+# You have to copy all needed config files by hand if you say CHROOT_NOMOUNT="1".
+#CHROOT_NOMOUNT="1"
+
+# Uncomment this option if you have setup your own chroot environment and you
+# don't want/need the chroot consistency check
+#CHROOT_NOCHECK=1
+
+# Default pid file location
+PIDFILE="${CHROOT}/run/named/named.pid"
+
+# Scheduling priority: 19 is the lowest and -20 is the highest.
+# Default: 0
+#NAMED_NICELEVEL="0"
+
+# Uncomment rc_named_use/rc_named_after for the database you need.
+# Its necessary to ensure the database backend will be started before named.
+
+# MySQL
+#rc_named_use="mysql"
+#rc_named_after="mysql"
+
+# PostgreSQL
+#rc_named_use="pg_autovacuum postgresql"
+#rc_named_after="pg_autovacuum postgresql"
+
+# LDAP
+#rc_named_use="ldap"
+#rc_named_after="ldap"
-/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.log {
- notifempty
+/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.log /var/log/ulogd/ulogd_syslogemu.log {
+ sharedscripts
missingok
- size 1M
- create 0640 ulogd
- postrotate
- /etc/init.d/ulogd reopen_logs > /dev/null
- endscript
-}
-
-/var/log/ulogd/ulogd_syslogemu.log {
- rotate 12
- size 5M
notifempty
- missingok
create 0640 ulogd
postrotate
/etc/init.d/ulogd reopen_logs > /dev/null
# Example configuration for ulogd
-# $Id$
# Adapted to Debian by Achilleas Kotsis <achille@debian.gr>
[global]
# logfile for status messages
logfile="/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.log"
-# loglevel: debug(1), info(3), notice(5), error(7) or fatal(8)
+# loglevel: debug(1), info(3), notice(5), error(7) or fatal(8) (default 5)
loglevel=3
######################################################################
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_inppkt_NFLOG.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_inppkt_ULOG.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_inppkt_UNIXSOCK.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_inpflow_NFCT.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_IFINDEX.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_IP2STR.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_IP2BIN.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_IP2HBIN.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_PRINTPKT.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_HWHDR.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_PRINTFLOW.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_LOGEMU.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_SYSLOG.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_XML.so"
-#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_OPRINT.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_SQLITE3.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_GPRINT.so"
#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_NACCT.so"
#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_PCAP.so"
#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_PGSQL.so"
#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_MYSQL.so"
#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_DBI.so"
plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_raw2packet_BASE.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_inpflow_NFACCT.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_GRAPHITE.so"
# this is a stack for logging packet send by system via LOGEMU
stack=log1:NFLOG,base1:BASE,ifi1:IFINDEX,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTPKT,emu1:LOGEMU
# this is a stack for packet-based logging via LOGEMU with filtering on MARK
#stack=log2:NFLOG,mark1:MARK,base1:BASE,ifi1:IFINDEX,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTPKT,emu1:LOGEMU
+# this is a stack for packet-based logging via GPRINT
+#stack=log1:NFLOG,gp1:GPRINT
+
# this is a stack for flow-based logging via LOGEMU
#stack=ct1:NFCT,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTFLOW,emu1:LOGEMU
-# this is a stack for flow-based logging via OPRINT
-#stack=ct1:NFCT,op1:OPRINT
+# this is a stack for flow-based logging via GPRINT
+#stack=ct1:NFCT,gp1:GPRINT
# this is a stack for flow-based logging via XML
#stack=ct1:NFCT,xml1:XML
# this is a stack for logging in XML
#stack=log1:NFLOG,xml1:XML
+# this is a stack for accounting-based logging via XML
+#stack=acct1:NFACCT,xml1:XML
+
+# this is a stack for accounting-based logging to a Graphite server
+#stack=acct1:NFACCT,graphite1:GRAPHITE
+
# this is a stack for NFLOG packet-based logging to PCAP
#stack=log2:NFLOG,base1:BASE,pcap1:PCAP
# this is a stack for logging packets to syslog after a collect via NFLOG
#stack=log3:NFLOG,base1:BASE,ifi1:IFINDEX,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTPKT,sys1:SYSLOG
+# this is a stack for logging packets to syslog after a collect via NuFW
+#stack=nuauth1:UNIXSOCK,base1:BASE,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTPKT,sys1:SYSLOG
+
# this is a stack for flow-based logging to MySQL
#stack=ct1:NFCT,ip2bin1:IP2BIN,mysql2:MYSQL
# this is a stack for flow-based logging to PGSQL without local hash
#stack=ct1:NFCT,ip2str1:IP2STR,pgsql3:PGSQL
+# this is a stack for flow-based logging to SQLITE3
+#stack=ct1:NFCT,sqlite3_ct:SQLITE3
+
+# this is a stack for logging packet to SQLITE3
+#stack=log1:NFLOG,sqlite3_pkt:SQLITE3
# this is a stack for flow-based logging in NACCT compatible format
#stack=ct1:NFCT,ip2str1:IP2STR,nacct1:NACCT
+# this is a stack for accounting-based logging via GPRINT
+#stack=acct1:NFACCT,gp1:GPRINT
+
[ct1]
#netlink_socket_buffer_size=217088
#netlink_socket_buffer_maxsize=1085440
#netlink_resync_timeout=60 # seconds to wait to perform resynchronization
#pollinterval=10 # use poll-based logging instead of event-driven
+# If pollinterval is not set, NFCT plugin will work in event mode
+# In this case, you can use the following filters on events:
+#accept_src_filter=192.168.1.0/24,1:2::/64 # source ip of connection must belong to these networks
+#accept_dst_filter=192.168.1.0/24 # destination ip of connection must belong to these networks
+#accept_proto_filter=tcp,sctp # layer 4 proto of connections
[ct2]
#netlink_socket_buffer_size=217088
#netlink_socket_buffer_maxsize=1085440
+#reliable=1 # enable reliable flow-based logging (may drop packets)
hash_enable=0
# Logging of system packet through NFLOG
nlgroup=1
#numeric_label=0 # optional argument
+[nuauth1]
+socket_path="/run/nuauth_ulogd2.sock"
+
[emu1]
file="/var/log/ulogd/syslogemu.log"
sync=1
file="/var/log/ulogd/oprint.log"
sync=1
+[gp1]
+file="/var/log/ulogd/ulogd_gprint.log"
+sync=1
+timestamp=1
+
[xml1]
directory="/var/log/ulogd/"
sync=1
[pcap1]
+#default file is /var/log/ulogd/ulogd.pcap
+#file=/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.pcap
sync=1
[mysql1]
db="nulog"
host="localhost"
user="nupik"
-table="ulog"
+table="conntrack"
pass="changeme"
procedure="INSERT_CT"
host="localhost"
user="nupik"
table="ulog"
+#schema="public"
pass="changeme"
procedure="INSERT_PACKET_FULL"
host="localhost"
user="nupik"
table="ulog2_ct"
+#schema="public"
pass="changeme"
procedure="INSERT_CT"
host="localhost"
user="nupik"
table="ulog2_ct"
+#schema="public"
pass="changeme"
procedure="INSERT_OR_REPLACE_CT"
+[pgsql4]
+db="nulog"
+host="localhost"
+user="nupik"
+table="nfacct"
+#schema="public"
+pass="changeme"
+procedure="INSERT_NFACCT"
+
[dbi1]
db="ulog2"
dbtype="pgsql"
pass="ulog2"
procedure="INSERT_PACKET_FULL"
+[sqlite3_ct]
+table="ulog_ct"
+db="/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.sqlite3db"
+buffer=200
+
+[sqlite3_pkt]
+table="ulog_pkt"
+db="/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.sqlite3db"
+buffer=200
+
[sys2]
facility=LOG_LOCAL2
[nacct1]
sync = 1
+#file = /var/log/ulogd/ulogd_nacct.log
[mark1]
mark = 1
+
+[acct1]
+pollinterval = 2
+# If set to 0, we don't reset the counters for each polling (default is 1).
+#zerocounter = 0
+# Set timestamp (default is 0, which means not set). This timestamp can be
+# interpreted by the output plugin.
+#timestamp = 1
+
+[graphite1]
+host="127.0.0.1"
+port="2003"
+# Prefix of data name sent to graphite server
+prefix="netfilter.nfacct"
--- /dev/null
+# Example configuration for ulogd
+# $Id$
+# Adapted to Debian by Achilleas Kotsis <achille@debian.gr>
+
+[global]
+######################################################################
+# GLOBAL OPTIONS
+######################################################################
+
+
+# logfile for status messages
+logfile="/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.log"
+
+# loglevel: debug(1), info(3), notice(5), error(7) or fatal(8)
+loglevel=3
+
+######################################################################
+# PLUGIN OPTIONS
+######################################################################
+
+# We have to configure and load all the plugins we want to use
+
+# general rules:
+# 1. load the plugins _first_ from the global section
+# 2. options for each plugin in seperate section below
+
+
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_inppkt_NFLOG.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_inppkt_ULOG.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_inpflow_NFCT.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_IFINDEX.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_IP2STR.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_IP2BIN.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_PRINTPKT.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_HWHDR.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_PRINTFLOW.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_filter_MARK.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_LOGEMU.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_SYSLOG.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_XML.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_OPRINT.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_NACCT.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_PCAP.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_PGSQL.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_MYSQL.so"
+#plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_output_DBI.so"
+plugin="/usr/lib64/ulogd/ulogd_raw2packet_BASE.so"
+
+# this is a stack for logging packet send by system via LOGEMU
+stack=log1:NFLOG,base1:BASE,ifi1:IFINDEX,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTPKT,emu1:LOGEMU
+
+# this is a stack for packet-based logging via LOGEMU
+stack=log2:NFLOG,base1:BASE,ifi1:IFINDEX,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTPKT,emu1:LOGEMU
+
+# this is a stack for ULOG packet-based logging via LOGEMU
+stack=ulog1:ULOG,base1:BASE,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTPKT,emu1:LOGEMU
+
+# this is a stack for packet-based logging via LOGEMU with filtering on MARK
+#stack=log2:NFLOG,mark1:MARK,base1:BASE,ifi1:IFINDEX,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTPKT,emu1:LOGEMU
+
+# this is a stack for flow-based logging via LOGEMU
+#stack=ct1:NFCT,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTFLOW,emu1:LOGEMU
+
+# this is a stack for flow-based logging via OPRINT
+#stack=ct1:NFCT,op1:OPRINT
+
+# this is a stack for flow-based logging via XML
+#stack=ct1:NFCT,xml1:XML
+
+# this is a stack for logging in XML
+#stack=log1:NFLOG,xml1:XML
+
+# this is a stack for NFLOG packet-based logging to PCAP
+#stack=log2:NFLOG,base1:BASE,pcap1:PCAP
+
+# this is a stack for logging packet to MySQL
+#stack=log2:NFLOG,base1:BASE,ifi1:IFINDEX,ip2bin1:IP2BIN,mac2str1:HWHDR,mysql1:MYSQL
+
+# this is a stack for logging packet to PGsql after a collect via NFLOG
+#stack=log2:NFLOG,base1:BASE,ifi1:IFINDEX,ip2str1:IP2STR,mac2str1:HWHDR,pgsql1:PGSQL
+
+# this is a stack for logging packets to syslog after a collect via NFLOG
+#stack=log3:NFLOG,base1:BASE,ifi1:IFINDEX,ip2str1:IP2STR,print1:PRINTPKT,sys1:SYSLOG
+
+# this is a stack for flow-based logging to MySQL
+#stack=ct1:NFCT,ip2bin1:IP2BIN,mysql2:MYSQL
+
+# this is a stack for flow-based logging to PGSQL
+#stack=ct1:NFCT,ip2str1:IP2STR,pgsql2:PGSQL
+
+# this is a stack for flow-based logging to PGSQL without local hash
+#stack=ct1:NFCT,ip2str1:IP2STR,pgsql3:PGSQL
+
+
+# this is a stack for flow-based logging in NACCT compatible format
+#stack=ct1:NFCT,ip2str1:IP2STR,nacct1:NACCT
+
+[ct1]
+#netlink_socket_buffer_size=217088
+#netlink_socket_buffer_maxsize=1085440
+#netlink_resync_timeout=60 # seconds to wait to perform resynchronization
+#pollinterval=10 # use poll-based logging instead of event-driven
+
+[ct2]
+#netlink_socket_buffer_size=217088
+#netlink_socket_buffer_maxsize=1085440
+hash_enable=0
+
+# Logging of system packet through NFLOG
+[log1]
+# netlink multicast group (the same as the iptables --nflog-group param)
+# Group O is used by the kernel to log connection tracking invalid message
+group=0
+#netlink_socket_buffer_size=217088
+#netlink_socket_buffer_maxsize=1085440
+# set number of packet to queue inside kernel
+#netlink_qthreshold=1
+# set the delay before flushing packet in the queue inside kernel (in 10ms)
+#netlink_qtimeout=100
+
+# packet logging through NFLOG for group 1
+[log2]
+# netlink multicast group (the same as the iptables --nflog-group param)
+group=1 # Group has to be different from the one use in log1
+#netlink_socket_buffer_size=217088
+#netlink_socket_buffer_maxsize=1085440
+# If your kernel is older than 2.6.29 and if a NFLOG input plugin with
+# group 0 is not used by any stack, you need to have at least one NFLOG
+# input plugin with bind set to 1. If you don't do that you may not
+# receive any message from the kernel.
+#bind=1
+
+# packet logging through NFLOG for group 2, numeric_label is
+# set to 1
+[log3]
+# netlink multicast group (the same as the iptables --nflog-group param)
+group=2 # Group has to be different from the one use in log1/log2
+numeric_label=1 # you can label the log info based on the packet verdict
+#netlink_socket_buffer_size=217088
+#netlink_socket_buffer_maxsize=1085440
+#bind=1
+
+[ulog1]
+# netlink multicast group (the same as the iptables --ulog-nlgroup param)
+nlgroup=1
+#numeric_label=0 # optional argument
+
+[emu1]
+file="/var/log/ulogd/syslogemu.log"
+sync=1
+
+[op1]
+file="/var/log/ulogd/oprint.log"
+sync=1
+
+[xml1]
+directory="/var/log/ulogd/"
+sync=1
+
+[pcap1]
+sync=1
+
+[mysql1]
+db="nulog"
+host="localhost"
+user="nupik"
+table="ulog"
+pass="changeme"
+procedure="INSERT_PACKET_FULL"
+
+[mysql2]
+db="nulog"
+host="localhost"
+user="nupik"
+table="ulog"
+pass="changeme"
+procedure="INSERT_CT"
+
+[pgsql1]
+db="nulog"
+host="localhost"
+user="nupik"
+table="ulog"
+pass="changeme"
+procedure="INSERT_PACKET_FULL"
+
+[pgsql2]
+db="nulog"
+host="localhost"
+user="nupik"
+table="ulog2_ct"
+pass="changeme"
+procedure="INSERT_CT"
+
+[pgsql3]
+db="nulog"
+host="localhost"
+user="nupik"
+table="ulog2_ct"
+pass="changeme"
+procedure="INSERT_OR_REPLACE_CT"
+
+[dbi1]
+db="ulog2"
+dbtype="pgsql"
+host="localhost"
+user="ulog2"
+table="ulog"
+pass="ulog2"
+procedure="INSERT_PACKET_FULL"
+
+[sys2]
+facility=LOG_LOCAL2
+
+[nacct1]
+sync = 1
+
+[mark1]
+mark = 1
[pcap1]
#default file is /var/log/ulogd/ulogd.pcap
-#file=/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.pcap
+#file="/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.pcap"
sync=1
[mysql1]
table="ulog"
pass="changeme"
procedure="INSERT_PACKET_FULL"
+# backlog configuration:
+# set backlog_memcap to the size of memory that will be
+# allocated to store events in memory if data is temporary down
+# and insert them when the database came back.
+#backlog_memcap=1000000
+# number of events to insert at once when backlog is not empty
+#backlog_oneshot_requests=10
[mysql2]
db="nulog"
#schema="public"
pass="changeme"
procedure="INSERT_PACKET_FULL"
+# connstring can be used to define PostgreSQL connection string which
+# contains all parameters of the connection. If set, this value has
+# precedence on other variables used to build the connection string.
+# See http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.2/static/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNSTRING
+# for a complete description of options.
+#connstring="host=localhost port=4321 dbname=nulog user=nupik password=changeme"
+#backlog_memcap=1000000
+#backlog_oneshot_requests=10
+# If superior to 1 a thread dedicated to SQL request execution
+# is created. The value stores the number of SQL request to keep
+# in the ring buffer
+#ring_buffer_size=1000
[pgsql2]
db="nulog"
-##VERSION: $Id: imapd.dist.in,v 1.41 2008/06/21 16:01:23 mrsam Exp $
+##VERSION: $Id: 2013-08-19 16:39:41 -0400 9c45d9ad13fdf439d44d7443ae75da15ea0223ed$
#
# imapd created from imapd.dist by sysconftool
#
IMAP_MOVE_EXPUNGE_TO_TRASH=0
+##NAME: IMAP_LOG_DELETIONS:0
+#
+#
+# Set IMAP_LOG_DELETIONS to log all message deletions to syslog.
+#
+# IMAP_LOG_DELETIONS=1
+
+##NAME: IMAPDEBUGFILE:0
+#
+# IMAPDEBUGFILE="imaplog.dat"
+#
+# Generate diagnostic logging of IMAP commands.
+#
+# Set this globally, restart the server. Touch this file in an account's
+# maildir directory, and Courier-IMAP will append all IMAP commands received
+# for new sessions for this account. NOTE: existing IMAP sessions are not
+# affected, only new IMAP logins.
+
##NAME: OUTBOX:0
#
HEADERFROM=X-IMAP-Sender
+##NAME: ID_FIELDS:0
+#
+# Have the server be polite, and identify its version to the client. The client
+# must be logged in before the server will identify itself. Additionally,
+# the client will mutually supply its own software version, and the server will
+# log it.
+#
+# Although the server's banner message identifies itself, in free-form manner,
+# this the ID IMAP extension, for clients to log.
+#
+# IMAP_ID_FIELDS is the sum of the following values:
+#
+# 1 - identify the version of the IMAP server
+# 2 - identify the operating system (if available)
+# 4 - identify the operating system release (if available)
+#
+# A value of 0 identifies the server software only.
+#
+# Uncomment this setting to enable the IMAP ID extension. One reason you might
+# want to enable it is to log the clients' software version. Enabling this
+# setting will mutually log the client's software, in the system logs.
+#
+# IMAP_ID_FIELDS=0
+
##NAME: OUTBOX_MULTIPLE_SEND:0
#
# Remove the following comment to allow a COPY of more than one message to
-##VERSION: $Id: imapd-ssl.dist.in,v 1.22 2009/08/12 22:25:49 mrsam Exp $
+##VERSION: $Id: 2013-10-14 22:07:39 -0400 37a74ee0f736237b67330c620de7dc08232dec17$
#
# imapd-ssl created from imapd-ssl.dist by sysconftool
#
# Do not alter lines that begin with ##, they are used when upgrading
# this configuration.
#
-# Copyright 2000 - 2008 Double Precision, Inc. See COPYING for
+# Copyright 2000 - 2013 Double Precision, Inc. See COPYING for
# distribution information.
#
# This configuration file sets various options for the Courier-IMAP server
COURIERTLS=/usr/sbin/couriertls
+##NAME: TLS_PRIORITY:0
+#
+# GnuTLS setting only
+#
+# Set TLS protocol priority settings (GnuTLS only)
+#
+# DEFAULT: NORMAL:-CTYPE-OPENPGP
+#
+# TLS_PRIORITY="NORMAL:-CTYPE-OPENPGP"
+
##NAME: TLS_PROTOCOL:0
#
# TLS_PROTOCOL sets the protocol version. The possible versions are:
#
# OpenSSL:
#
-# SSL2 - SSLv2
# SSL3 - SSLv3
-# SSL23 - either SSLv2 or SSLv3 (also TLS1, it seems)
+# SSL23 - all protocols (including TLS 1.x protocols)
# TLS1 - TLS1
+# TLSv1.1 - TLS1.1
+# TLSv1.2 - TLS1.2
#
-# Note that this setting, with OpenSSL, is modified by the TLS_CIPHER_LIST
-# setting, below.
-#
-# GnuTLS:
-#
-# SSL3 - SSLv3
-# TLS1 - TLS 1.0
-# TLS1_1 - TLS 1.1
-#
-# When compiled against GnuTLS, multiple protocols can be selected as follows:
-#
-# TLS_PROTOCOL="TLS1_1:TLS1:SSL3"
-#
-# DEFAULT VALUES:
-#
-# SSL23 (OpenSSL), or "TLS_1:TLS1:SSL3" (GnuTLS)
-
-##NAME: TLS_STARTTLS_PROTOCOL:0
-#
-# TLS_STARTTLS_PROTOCOL is used instead of TLS_PROTOCOL for the IMAP STARTTLS
-# extension, as opposed to IMAP over SSL on port 993.
-#
-# It takes the same values for OpenSSL/GnuTLS as TLS_PROTOCOL
+# Leave it unset to use any protocol except SSL 2.
##NAME: TLS_CIPHER_LIST:0
#
#
# OpenSSL:
#
-# TLS_CIPHER_LIST="SSLv3:TLSv1:!SSLv2:HIGH:!LOW:!MEDIUM:!EXP:!NULL:!aNULL@STRENGTH"
-#
-# To enable SSL2, remove the obvious "!SSLv2" part from the above list.
-#
+# TLS_CIPHER_LIST="SSLv3:TLSv1:HIGH:!LOW:!MEDIUM:!EXP:!NULL:!aNULL@STRENGTH"
#
# GnuTLS:
#
# LOW -- all ciphers that use fewer than a 128 bit key size, the NULL cipher
# is not included
# ALL -- all ciphers except the NULL cipher
-
-##NAME: TLS_MIN_DH_BITS:0
-#
-# TLS_MIN_DH_BITS=n
#
-# GnuTLS only:
-#
-# Set the minimum number of acceptable bits for a DH key exchange.
-#
-# GnuTLS's compiled-in default is 727 bits (as of GnuTLS 1.6.3). Some server
-# have been encountered that offer 512 bit keys. You may have to set
-# TLS_MIN_DH_BITS=512 here, if necessary.
+# See GnuTLS documentation, gnutls_priority_init(3) for additional
+# documentation.
-##NAME: TLS_KX_LIST:0
+##NAME: TLS_STARTTLS_PROTOCOL:0
+#
+# TLS_STARTTLS_PROTOCOL is used instead of TLS_PROTOCOL for the IMAP STARTTLS
+# extension, as opposed to IMAP over SSL on port 993.
#
-# GnuTLS only:
+# It takes the same values for OpenSSL as TLS_PROTOCOL
+
+##NAME: TLS_CIPHER_LIST:0
#
-# Allowed key exchange protocols. The default of "ALL" should be sufficient.
-# The list of supported key exchange protocols depends on the options GnuTLS
-# was compiled against, but may include the following:
+# TLS_CIPHER_LIST optionally sets the list of ciphers to be used by the
+# OpenSSL library. In most situations you can leave TLS_CIPHER_LIST
+# undefined
#
-# DHERSA, DHEDSS, RSA, SRP, SRPRSA, SRPDSS, PSK, DHEPSK, ANONDH, RSAEXPORT
-
-TLS_KX_LIST=ALL
-
-##NAME: TLS_COMPRESSION:0
+# OpenSSL:
#
-# GnuTLS only:
+# TLS_CIPHER_LIST="SSLv3:TLSv1:HIGH:!LOW:!MEDIUM:!EXP:!NULL:!aNULL@STRENGTH"
#
-# Optional compression. "ALL" selects all available compression methods.
#
-# Available compression methods: DEFLATE, LZO, NULL
-
-TLS_COMPRESSION=ALL
-##NAME: TLS_CERTS:0
+##NAME: TLS_MIN_DH_BITS:0
+#
+# TLS_MIN_DH_BITS=n
#
# GnuTLS only:
#
-# Supported certificate types are X509 and OPENPGP.
+# Set the minimum number of acceptable bits for a DH key exchange.
#
-# OPENPGP has not been tested
-
-TLS_CERTS=X509
+# GnuTLS's compiled-in default is 727 bits (as of GnuTLS 1.6.3). Some server
+# have been encountered that offer 512 bit keys. You may have to set
+# TLS_MIN_DH_BITS=512 here, if necessary.
##NAME: TLS_TIMEOUT:0
# TLS_TIMEOUT is currently not implemented, and reserved for future use.
# This is supposed to be an inactivity timeout, but its not yet implemented.
#
-##NAME: TLS_DHCERTFILE:0
-#
-# TLS_DHCERTFILE - PEM file that stores a Diffie-Hellman -based certificate.
-# When OpenSSL is compiled to use Diffie-Hellman ciphers instead of RSA
-# you must generate a DH pair that will be used. In most situations the
-# DH pair is to be treated as confidential, and the file specified by
-# TLS_DHCERTFILE must not be world-readable.
-#
-# TLS_DHCERTFILE=
-
##NAME: TLS_CERTFILE:0
#
# TLS_CERTFILE - certificate to use. TLS_CERTFILE is required for SSL/TLS
TLS_CERTFILE=/etc/courier-imap/imapd.pem
+##NAME: TLS_DHPARAMS:0
+#
+# TLS_DHPARAMS - DH parameter file.
+#
+TLS_DHPARAMS=/usr/share/dhparams.pem
+
##NAME: TLS_TRUSTCERTS:0
#
# TLS_TRUSTCERTS=pathname - load trusted certificates from pathname.
#
TLS_VERIFYPEER=NONE
-
##NAME: TLS_EXTERNAL:0
#
# To enable SSL certificate-based authentication:
RANDFILE = /usr/share/imapd.rand
[ req ]
-default_bits = 1024
+default_bits = 4096
encrypt_key = yes
distinguished_name = req_dn
x509_extensions = cert_type
prompt = no
+default_md = sha1
[ req_dn ]
C=US
-##VERSION: $Id: pop3d.dist.in,v 1.16 2005/07/05 12:42:51 mrsam Exp $
+##VERSION: $Id: 2013-08-19 16:39:41 -0400 9c45d9ad13fdf439d44d7443ae75da15ea0223ed$
#
# pop3d created from pop3d.dist by sysconftool
#
# Do not alter lines that begin with ##, they are used when upgrading
# this configuration.
#
-# Copyright 1998 - 2004 Double Precision, Inc. See COPYING for
+# Copyright 1998 - 2011 Double Precision, Inc. See COPYING for
# distribution information.
#
# Courier POP3 daemon configuration
ADDRESS=0
+##NAME: AUTHSERVICE:0
+#
+# It's possible to authenticate using a different 'service' parameter
+# depending on the connection's port. This only works with authentication
+# modules that use the 'service' parameter, such as PAM. Example:
+#
+# AUTHSERVICE110=pop3
+# AUTHSERVICE995=pop3s
+
##NAME: TCPDOPTS:0
#
# Other couriertcpd(1) options. The following defaults should be fine.
POP3DSTART=NO
+##NAME: POP3_LOG_DELETIONS:0
+#
+#
+# Set POP3_LOG_DELETIONS to log all message deletions to syslog.
+#
+# POP3_LOG_DELETIONS=1
+
+
##NAME: MAILDIRPATH:0
#
# MAILDIRPATH - directory name of the maildir directory.
-##VERSION: $Id: pop3d-ssl.dist.in,v 1.23 2009/08/12 22:25:49 mrsam Exp $
+##VERSION: $Id: 2013-10-14 22:07:39 -0400 37a74ee0f736237b67330c620de7dc08232dec17$
#
# pop3d-ssl created from pop3d-ssl.dist by sysconftool
#
# Do not alter lines that begin with ##, they are used when upgrading
# this configuration.
#
-# Copyright 2000-2008 Double Precision, Inc. See COPYING for
+# Copyright 2000-2013 Double Precision, Inc. See COPYING for
# distribution information.
#
# This configuration file sets various options for the Courier-IMAP server
COURIERTLS=/usr/sbin/couriertls
+##NAME: TLS_PRIORITY:0
+#
+# Set TLS protocol priority settings (GnuTLS only)
+#
+# DEFAULT: NORMAL:-CTYPE-OPENPGP
+#
+# TLS_PRIORITY="NORMAL:-CTYPE-OPENPGP"
+
##NAME: TLS_PROTOCOL:0
#
# TLS_PROTOCOL sets the protocol version. The possible versions are:
#
# OpenSSL:
#
-# SSL2 - SSLv2
# SSL3 - SSLv3
-# SSL23 - either SSLv2 or SSLv3 (also TLS1, it seems)
+# SSL23 - all protocols (including TLS 1.x protocols)
# TLS1 - TLS1
+# TLSv1.1 - TLS1.1
+# TLSv1.2 - TLS1.2
#
-# Note that this setting, with OpenSSL, is modified by the TLS_CIPHER_LIST
-# setting, below.
-#
-# GnuTLS:
-#
-# SSL3 - SSLv3
-# TLS1 - TLS 1.0
-# TLS1_1 - TLS 1.1
-#
-# When compiled against GnuTLS, multiple protocols can be selected as follows:
-#
-# TLS_PROTOCOL="TLS1_1:TLS1:SSL3"
-#
-# DEFAULT VALUES:
-#
-# SSL23 (OpenSSL), or "TLS_1:TLS1:SSL3" (GnuTLS)
-
-##NAME: TLS_STARTTLS_PROTOCOL:0
-#
-# TLS_STARTTLS_PROTOCOL is used instead of TLS_PROTOCOL for the POP3 STARTTLS
-# extension, as opposed to POP3 over SSL on port 995.
-#
-# It takes the same values for OpenSSL/GnuTLS as TLS_PROTOCOL
-
-TLS_STARTTLS_PROTOCOL=TLS1
+# Leave it unset to use any protocol except SSL 2.
##NAME: TLS_CIPHER_LIST:0
#
#
# OpenSSL:
#
-# TLS_CIPHER_LIST="SSLv3:TLSv1:!SSLv2:HIGH:!LOW:!MEDIUM:!EXP:!NULL:!aNULL@STRENGTH"
-#
-# To enable SSL2, remove the obvious "!SSLv2" part from the above list.
-#
+# TLS_CIPHER_LIST="SSLv3:TLSv1:HIGH:!LOW:!MEDIUM:!EXP:!NULL:!aNULL@STRENGTH"
#
# GnuTLS:
#
# LOW -- all ciphers that use fewer than a 128 bit key size, the NULL cipher
# is not included
# ALL -- all ciphers except the NULL cipher
-
+#
+# See GnuTLS documentation, gnutls_priority_init(3) for additional
+# documentation.
##NAME: TLS_MIN_DH_BITS:0
#
# have been encountered that offer 512 bit keys. You may have to set
# TLS_MIN_DH_BITS=512 here, if necessary.
-##NAME: TLS_KX_LIST:0
-#
-# GnuTLS only:
-#
-# Allowed key exchange protocols. The default of "ALL" should be sufficient.
-# The list of supported key exchange protocols depends on the options GnuTLS
-# was compiled against, but may include the following:
-#
-# DHERSA, DHEDSS, RSA, SRP, SRPRSA, SRPDSS, PSK, DHEPSK, ANONDH, RSAEXPORT
-
-TLS_KX_LIST=ALL
-
-##NAME: TLS_COMPRESSION:0
-#
-# GnuTLS only:
-#
-# Optional compression. "ALL" selects all available compression methods.
-#
-# Available compression methods: DEFLATE, LZO, NULL
-
-TLS_COMPRESSION=ALL
-
-##NAME: TLS_CERTS:0
-#
-# GnuTLS only:
-#
-# Supported certificate types are X509 and OPENPGP.
-#
-# OPENPGP has not been tested
-
-TLS_CERTS=X509
-
##NAME: TLS_TIMEOUT:0
# TLS_TIMEOUT is currently not implemented, and reserved for future use.
# This is supposed to be an inactivity timeout, but its not yet implemented.
#
-##NAME: TLS_DHCERTFILE:0
-#
-# TLS_DHCERTFILE - PEM file that stores a Diffie-Hellman -based certificate.
-# When OpenSSL is compiled to use Diffie-Hellman ciphers instead of RSA
-# you must generate a DH pair that will be used. In most situations the
-# DH pair is to be treated as confidential, and the file specified by
-# TLS_DHCERTFILE must not be world-readable.
-#
-# TLS_DHCERTFILE=
-
##NAME: TLS_CERTFILE:0
#
# TLS_CERTFILE - certificate to use. TLS_CERTFILE is required for SSL/TLS
TLS_CERTFILE=/etc/courier-imap/pop3d.pem
+##NAME: TLS_DHPARAMS:0
+#
+# TLS_DHPARAMS - DH parameter file.
+#
+TLS_DHPARAMS=/usr/share/dhparams.pem
+
##NAME: TLS_TRUSTCERTS:0
#
# TLS_TRUSTCERTS=pathname - load trusted certificates from pathname.
RANDFILE = /usr/share/pop3d.rand
[ req ]
-default_bits = 1024
+default_bits = 4096
encrypt_key = yes
distinguished_name = req_dn
x509_extensions = cert_type
prompt = no
+default_md = sha1
[ req_dn ]
C=US
postgrey:x:999:
nogroup:x:65533:
nobody:x:65534:
+input:x:994:
kmem:x:9:
wheel:x:10:root
floppy:x:11:root
+mail:x:12:postfix
news:x:13:news
uucp:x:14:uucp
+man:x:15:
+cron:x:16:
console:x:17:
audio:x:18:
cdrom:x:19:
+ftp:x:21:
+sshd:x:22:
+at:x:25:
tape:x:26:root
video:x:27:root
+named:x:40:
+mysql:x:60:
+postgres:x:70:frank
cdrw:x:80:
+apache:x:81:frank
usb:x:85:
users:x:100:
-portage:x:250:portage
-utmp:x:406:
-nogroup:x:65533:
-nobody:x:65534:
-man:x:15:
-sshd:x:22:
-cron:x:16:
-mail:x:12:postfix
-postmaster:x:249:
-ssmtp:x:248:
-crontab:x:247:
-mysql:x:60:
-messagebus:x:246:
-ldap:x:439:
-apache:x:81:
-lpadmin:x:106:
-locate:x:105:
-clamav:x:104:
-ntp:x:123:
-at:x:25:
+openvpn:x:101:
+tcpdump:x:102:
ulogd:x:103:
+clamav:x:104:
+locate:x:105:
+lpadmin:x:106:
rpc:x:111:
-ftp:x:21:
-tcpdump:x:102:
-openvpn:x:101:
-postgrey:x:999:
+ntp:x:123:
postfix:x:207:
postdrop:x:208:
-polw:x:998:
-amavis:x:997:
-nagios:x:996:
-named:x:40:
-postgres:x:70:frank
+git-commiters:x:222:
+messagebus:x:246:
+crontab:x:247:
+ssmtp:x:248:
+postmaster:x:249:
+portage:x:250:portage
+utmp:x:406:
+ldap:x:439:
stunnel:x:995:
+nagios:x:996:
+amavis:x:997:
+polw:x:998:
+postgrey:x:999:
+nogroup:x:65533:
+nobody:x:65534:
postgres:!::frank
stunnel:!::
git-commiters:!::
+input:!::
named:!::
postgres:!::frank
stunnel:!::
+git-commiters:!::
+++ /dev/null
-# Example /etc/gssapi_mech.conf file
-#
-# GSSAPI Mechanism Definitions
-#
-# This configuration file determines which GSS-API mechanisms
-# the gssd code should use
-#
-# NOTE:
-# The initiaiization function "mechglue_internal_krb5_init"
-# is used for the MIT krb5 gssapi mechanism. This special
-# function name indicates that an internal function should
-# be used to determine the entry points for the MIT gssapi
-# mechanism funtions.
-#
-# library initialization function
-# ================================ ==========================
-# The MIT K5 gssapi library, use special function for initialization.
-/usr/lib/libgssapi_krb5.so mechglue_internal_krb5_init
-#
-# The SPKM3 gssapi library function. Use the function spkm3_gss_initialize.
-# /usr/local/gss_mechs/spkm/spkm3/libgssapi_spkm3.so spkm3_gss_initialize
#!/sbin/runscript
# Copyright 1999-2012 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/mail-filter/amavisd-new/files/amavisd.initd,v 1.4 2012/01/10 13:46:47 eras Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/mail-filter/amavisd-new/files/amavisd.initd-r1,v 1.1 2012/11/07 12:55:15 eras Exp $
extra_started_commands="reload"
extra_commands="debug debug_sa"
progname="amavisd-new"
depend() {
- need net
- use logger antivirus snmpd
+ use net logger antivirus snmpd
before mta
}
stop() {
ebegin "Stopping ${progname}"
- "${prog}" stop 2>/dev/null
+ "${prog}" stop 1>/dev/null
eend $?
}
reload() {
ebegin "Reloading ${progname}"
- "${prog}" reload 2>/dev/null
- eend $?
-}
-
-restart() {
- ebegin "Restarting ${progname}"
- svc_stop
- sleep 3
- svc_start
+ "${prog}" reload 1>/dev/null
eend $?
}
#!/sbin/runscript
-# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation
+# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-apps/kmod/files/kmod-static-nodes,v 1.1 2013/08/09 19:08:18 ssuominen Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-apps/kmod/files/kmod-static-nodes-r1,v 1.1 2014/07/11 12:28:07 ssuominen Exp $
description="Create list of required static device nodes for the current kernel"
depend() {
after dev-mount
before tmpfiles.dev dev
+ keyword -lxc
}
start() {
#!/sbin/runscript
-# Copyright 1999-2012 Gentoo Foundation
+# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/net-dns/bind/files/named.init-r12,v 1.1 2012/08/24 19:01:09 idl0r Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/net-dns/bind/files/named.init-r13,v 1.1 2014/01/31 21:24:49 idl0r Exp $
extra_commands="checkconfig checkzones"
extra_started_commands="reload"
# as suggested in bug #107724, bug 335398#c17
[ -n "${PIDFILE}" ] || PIDFILE=${CHROOT}$(\
/usr/sbin/named-checkconf -p ${CHROOT:+-t} ${CHROOT} ${NAMED_CONF#${CHROOT}} | grep 'pid-file' | cut -d\" -f2)
- [ -z "${PIDFILE}" ] && PIDFILE=${CHROOT}/var/run/named/named.pid
+ [ -z "${PIDFILE}" ] && PIDFILE=${CHROOT}/run/named/named.pid
}
check_chroot() {
if [ -n "${CHROOT}" ]; then
[ ! -d "${CHROOT}" ] && return 1
[ ! -d "${CHROOT}/dev" ] || [ ! -d "${CHROOT}/etc" ] || [ ! -d "${CHROOT}/var" ] && return 1
- [ ! -d "${CHROOT}/var/run" ] || [ ! -d "${CHROOT}/var/log" ] && return 1
+ [ ! -d "${CHROOT}/run" ] || [ ! -d "${CHROOT}/var/log" ] && return 1
[ ! -d "${CHROOT}/etc/bind" ] || [ ! -d "${CHROOT}/var/bind" ] && return 1
[ ! -d "${CHROOT}/var/log/named" ] && return 1
[ ! -c "${CHROOT}/dev/null" ] || [ ! -c "${CHROOT}/dev/zero" ] && return 1
checkconfig || { eend 1; return 1; }
- # create piddir (usually /var/run/named) if necessary, bug 334535
+ # create piddir (usually /run/named) if necessary, bug 334535
_get_pidfile
piddir="${PIDFILE%/*}"
checkpath -q -d -o root:named -m 0770 "${piddir}" || {
#!/sbin/runscript
# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation
# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
-# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/app-admin/ulogd/files/ulogd-2.init,v 1.1 2013/03/20 08:38:18 pinkbyte Exp $
+# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/app-admin/ulogd/files/ulogd-2-ng.init,v 1.1 2013/12/17 21:38:07 hwoarang Exp $
ULOGD_PIDFILE="/run/ulogd.pid"
ULOGD_EXEC="/usr/sbin/ulogd"
-ULOGD_OPTS="-u ulogd"
+ULOGD_OPTS="--daemon --uid ulogd --pidfile ${ULOGD_PIDFILE}"
extra_started_commands="reload reopen_logs"
start() {
ebegin "Starting ${SVCNAME}"
start-stop-daemon --start --quiet \
- --make-pidfile \
- --pidfile ${ULOGD_PIDFILE} \
- --background \
--exec ${ULOGD_EXEC} \
-- ${ULOGD_OPTS}
eend $?
#=dev-db/postgresql-server-9.2*
-=dev-lang/php-5.3.18
+#=dev-lang/php-5.3.18
+
+=virtual/perl-Attribute-Handlers-0.940.0:0
media-libs/gd fontconfig
media-libs/giflib rle
media-libs/lasi -doc
+media-libs/libcaca -doc
media-libs/libtheora encode
media-libs/libwmf -expat
media-libs/openjpeg tools
language.dat.lua.d
language.def.d
ls-R
+tex
texmf.d
updmap.d
web2c
.keep_app-text_texlive-core-0
+./tex:
+latex
+
+./tex/latex:
+HA-prosper.d
+adrconv.d
+akletter.d
+altfont.d
+bardiag.d
+bhcexam.d
+catoptions.d
+cdpbundl.d
+contour.d
+coverpage.d
+csquotes.d
+dinbrief.d
+draftcopy.d
+endfloat.d
+facsimile.d
+flashcards.d
+foilhtml.d
+frankenstein.d
+guitlogo.d
+ifmslide.d
+keyreader.d
+lettrine.d
+ltxdockit.d
+mlist.d
+morehype.d
+nag.d
+nicetext
+nicetext.d
+nomencl.d
+pagerange.d
+pdfslide.d
+pdfwin.d
+pict2e.d
+plweb.d
+polyglot.d
+preview.d
+psfragx.d
+rcsinfo.d
+refstyle.d
+rmpage.d
+skb.d
+standalone.d
+subfigure.d
+swimgraf.d
+texpower.d
+tkz-base.d
+typeface.d
+yagusylo.d
+ydoc.d
+
+./tex/latex/HA-prosper.d:
+HA-prosper.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/adrconv.d:
+adrdir.cfg
+adrplaner.cfg
+adrsmall.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/akletter.d:
+akfax.cfg
+akletter.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/altfont.d:
+altfont.cfg
+psfont.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/bardiag.d:
+bardiag.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/bhcexam.d:
+BHCexam.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/catoptions.d:
+catoptions-guide.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/cdpbundl.d:
+cdpshues.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/contour.d:
+contour.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/coverpage.d:
+CoverPage.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/csquotes.d:
+csquotes.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/dinbrief.d:
+dinbrief.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/draftcopy.d:
+draftcopy.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/endfloat.d:
+efxmpl.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/facsimile.d:
+fac-de.cfg
+fac-en.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/flashcards.d:
+avery5371.cfg
+avery5388.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/foilhtml.d:
+foilhtml.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/frankenstein.d:
+abbrevs.cfg
+compsci.cfg
+slemph.cfg
+titles.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/guitlogo.d:
+guit.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/ifmslide.d:
+ifmslide.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/keyreader.d:
+keyreader-guide.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/lettrine.d:
+lettrine.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/ltxdockit.d:
+ltxdockit.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/mlist.d:
+mlist.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/morehype.d:
+blogdot.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/nag.d:
+nag-abort.cfg
+nag-experimental.cfg
+nag-l2tabu.cfg
+nag-orthodox.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/nicetext:
+run.d
+
+./tex/latex/nicetext/run.d:
+atari.cfg
+copyfile.cfg
+fdtxttex.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/nicetext.d:
+makedoc.cfg
+mdoccorr.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/nomencl.d:
+sample01.cfg
+sample02.cfg
+sample04.cfg
+sample05.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/pagerange.d:
+pagerange-guide.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/pdfslide.d:
+pdfslide.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/pdfwin.d:
+pdfwin.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/pict2e.d:
+pict2e.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/plweb.d:
+pl.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/polyglot.d:
+polyglot.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/preview.d:
+prauctex.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/psfragx.d:
+psfragx.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/rcsinfo.d:
+rcsinfo.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/refstyle.d:
+refstyle.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/rmpage.d:
+rmpgen.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/skb.d:
+skb.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/standalone.d:
+standalone.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/subfigure.d:
+subfigure.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/swimgraf.d:
+swimgraf.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/texpower.d:
+tpcolors.cfg
+tpoptions.cfg
+tpsettings.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/tkz-base.d:
+tkz-base.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/typeface.d:
+typeface.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/yagusylo.d:
+yagusylo.cfg
+
+./tex/latex/ydoc.d:
+ydoc.cfg
+
./texmf.d:
00header.cnf
05searchpaths.cnf
texlive-basic.cfg
texlive-fontsrecommended.cfg
texlive-latex.cfg
+texlive-latexextra.cfg
+texlive-pictures.cfg
./web2c:
.keep_app-text_texlive-core-0
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `HA-prosper.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% HA-prosper.dtx (with options: `config')
+%%
+%% ------------------------------------------
+%% Copyright (C) 2003-2004 by Hendri Adriaens
+%% ------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%%
+%% Global defaults of HA-prosper.
+%% ==============================
+%%
+%% You can change this file but be careful since it will
+%% affect all of your presentations. See for more information
+%% the documentation of the HA-prosper package.
+%%
+\HAPsetup{%
+ lf=,
+ rf=,
+ trans=\@defaultTransition,
+ template=slide,
+ sstart=1,
+ stype=0,
+ iacolor=lightgray,
+ tsnav=FullScreen,
+ nsnav=ShowBookmarks,
+ sn={-~p.~\thepage\ifallPages/\totalpages\fi},
+ counters=
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `HA-prosper.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `adrdir.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% adrconv.dtx (with options: `cfg,dir')
+%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
+%%
+%% This file will generate fast loadable files from adrconv.dtx when
+%% run through LaTeX or TeX.
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the adrconv bundle.
+%%
+%% The adrconv bundle consists at least of the files adrconv.dtx,
+%% adrconv.ins and adrguide.tex.
+%%
+%% adrguide.dtx
+%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\ProvidesFile{%
+ adrdir%
+ .cfg%
+ }
+ [2010/04/02 v1.3 LaTeX2e
+ adrconv configuration file]
+\setlength{\paperwidth}{105mm}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{85mm}
+\setlength{\leftfield}{50mm}
+\setlength{\rightfield}{30mm}
+\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{9mm}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{\paperwidth}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-9mm}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-\textwidth}
+\setlength{\adrindent}{1em}
+\addtolength{\leftfield}{-\adrindent}
+\setlength{\paperheight}{148mm}
+\setlength{\textheight}{112mm}
+\setlength{\headheight}{1.25\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\headsep}{0.25\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\footskip}{1.50\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-1in}
+\addtolength{\topmargin}{8mm}
+\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0in}
+\setlength{\marginparsep}{0in}
+\setlength{\marginparpush}{0in}
+\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0in}
+\typeout{%
+ ********************************************************************%
+ ^^J^^J%
+ DVIDVI Options:^^J%
+ Front:^^J%
+ 1st Step (2 x A6 at A5)^^J%
+ -l xx -m 4:-1,2^^J%
+ 2nd Step (2 x A5 at A4)^^J%
+ -m 2:0,1(0mm,148mm)^^J%
+ ^^J%
+ Back:^^J%
+ 1st Step^^J%
+ -l xx -r -m 4:-3,0^^J%
+ 2nd Step^^J%
+ -m 2:1,0(0mm,148mm)^^J%
+ ^^J%
+ xx must be the result of a multiplication with 4.^^J%
+ ^^J%
+ ********************************************************************
+ }
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `adrdir.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `adrplaner.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% adrconv.dtx (with options: `cfg,planer')
+%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
+%%
+%% This file will generate fast loadable files from adrconv.dtx when
+%% run through LaTeX or TeX.
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the adrconv bundle.
+%%
+%% The adrconv bundle consists at least of the files adrconv.dtx,
+%% adrconv.ins and adrguide.tex.
+%%
+%% adrguide.dtx
+%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\ProvidesFile{%
+ adrplaner
+ .cfg%
+ }
+ [2010/04/02 v1.3 LaTeX2e
+ adrconv configuration file]
+\setlength{\paperwidth}{95mm}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{70mm}
+\setlength{\leftfield}{45mm}
+\setlength{\rightfield}{25mm}
+\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{12mm}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{12mm}
+\setlength{\adrindent}{1em}
+\addtolength{\leftfield}{-\adrindent}
+\setlength{\paperheight}{172mm}
+\setlength{\textheight}{148mm}
+\setlength{\headheight}{1.25\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\headsep}{0.25\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\footskip}{1.50\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-1in}
+\addtolength{\topmargin}{7mm}
+\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0in}
+\setlength{\marginparsep}{0in}
+\setlength{\marginparpush}{0in}
+\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0in}
+\typeout{%
+ ********************************************************************%
+ ^^J^^J%
+ DVIDVI Options:^^J%
+ Front:^^J%
+ -l 24 -m 6:0(4mm,0mm),2(99mm,0mm),4(192mm,0mm)
+ ^^J%
+ Back:^^J%
+ -l 24 -r -m 6:5(8mm,0mm),3(103mm,0mm),1(198mm,0mm)
+ ^^J%
+ ^^J%
+ ********************************************************************
+ }
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `adrplaner.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `adrsmall.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% adrconv.dtx (with options: `cfg,small')
+%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
+%%
+%% This file will generate fast loadable files from adrconv.dtx when
+%% run through LaTeX or TeX.
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the adrconv bundle.
+%%
+%% The adrconv bundle consists at least of the files adrconv.dtx,
+%% adrconv.ins and adrguide.tex.
+%%
+%% adrguide.dtx
+%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\ProvidesFile{%
+ adrsmall
+ .cfg%
+ }
+ [2010/04/02 v1.3 LaTeX2e
+ adrconv configuration file]
+\setlength{\paperwidth}{87mm}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{75mm}
+\setlength{\leftfield}{45mm}
+\setlength{\rightfield}{30mm}
+\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{9mm}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{\paperwidth}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-9mm}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-\textwidth}
+\setlength{\adrindent}{1em}
+\addtolength{\leftfield}{-\adrindent}
+\setlength{\paperheight}{148mm}
+\setlength{\textheight}{112mm}
+\setlength{\headheight}{1.25\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\headsep}{0.25\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\footskip}{1.50\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-1in}
+\addtolength{\topmargin}{7mm}
+\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0in}
+\setlength{\marginparsep}{0in}
+\setlength{\marginparpush}{0in}
+\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0in}
+\typeout{%
+ ********************************************************************%
+ ^^J^^J%
+ DVIDVI Options:^^J%
+ Front:^^J%
+ 1st Step (2 x callenders at A5)^^J%
+ -l xx -m 4:-1,2^^J%
+ 2nd Step (2 x A5 at A4)^^J%
+ -m 2:0,1(0mm,148mm)^^J%
+ ^^J%
+ Back:^^J%
+ 1st Step^^J%
+ -l xx -r -m 4:-3,0^^J%
+ 2nd Step^^J%
+ -m 2:1,0(0mm,148mm)^^J%
+ ^^J%
+ xx must be the result of a multiplication with 4.^^J%
+ Cut 36 mm from one side and tack in the middle.^^J%
+ ^^J%
+ ********************************************************************
+ }
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `adrsmall.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%% Use sans-serif fonts, they are better readable when scaning the
+%%% printed document
+
+\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{cmss}
+\normalfont
+
+\input{akletter.cfg}
+
+%%% Return address
+%%% one line version
+%%% There is no cmss7, use a larger font
+%%% N.B.: There is a ecss0700 use it if you have the EC fonts
+\sbox{\firmreturn}
+ {\underline{\fontsize{8}{10pt}\selectfont
+ \hskip5mm Mein Name \textperiodcentered Meine Stra{\ss}e 1
+ \textperiodcentered D--12345 Meindorf\hskip5mm}}
--- /dev/null
+\makeatletter
+%% This is myletter.cfg
+%%
+%% You should modify this file to correspond to
+%% the site where it is used.
+%% It may be a good idea to input this file into the
+%% the personal configuration file.
+%% Thus only names have to be redefined, the official
+%% letterhead is kept in this file and changes for everyone
+%% when the masterfile is changed.
+%%
+%% You may include logos and other graphic-material into
+%% your letterhead:
+%%
+%%\RequirePackage[dvips]{graphics}
+
+%% You may redefine the following variables
+%%
+
+%\renewcommand*{\yourrefname} {Ihr Zeichen:}
+%\renewcommand*{\yourmailname} {Ihr Schreiben vom:}
+%\renewcommand*{\myrefname} {Unser Zeichen:}
+%\renewcommand*{\mymailname} {Unser Schreiben vom:}
+%\renewcommand*{\customername} {Kundennummer }
+%\renewcommand*{\invoicename} {Rechnungsnummer }
+%\renewcommand*{\subjectname} {} %{Betr.}
+%\renewcommand*{\ccname} {Kopien an:}
+%\renewcommand*{\enclname} {Anlagen:}
+%\renewcommand*{\headtoname} {An}
+%\renewcommand*{\datename} {Datum}
+%\renewcommand*{\pagename} {Seite}
+%\renewcommand*{\telephonename} {Telefon}
+%\renewcommand*{\telefaxname} {FAX}
+
+% This may be neccessary for babel:
+
+% \let\savedcaptions\captionsgerman
+% \def\captionsgerman{\savedcaptions
+% \renewcommand*{\myrefname} {Mein Zeichen:}
+% }
+
+
+%%% Top of first page: left
+\sbox{\FIRM}
+ {\parbox[t]{\leftfield}
+ {\bfseries\fontsize{17.28}{22pt}\selectfont%
+ Mein Name\hfill}}
+
+%%% Top of every other page
+\sbox{\firm}
+ {\fontsize{10}{12pt}\selectfont\normalfont
+ Mein Name}
+
+%% The normal page-layout for the following page does not contain a
+%% footer. In fact the layout is rather primitive. So if you want to
+%% include some fancy text, your corporate logo or whatever, you have
+%% to redefine the pagestyle. You may have to adjust the textheight if
+%% the footer becomes too large. Of course you can use fancyhdr or
+%% scrpage if you need a more powerful tool.
+
+% \if@twoside % Twoside definition
+% \def\ps@headings{%
+% \def\@oddfoot{\hfil Text on the odd page}
+% \def\@evenfoot{Text on the even page\hfil}
+% \def\@oddhead{\usebox{\firm}
+% \headfont\hfil\@date\hfil\pagename\ \pnumfont\thepage}%
+% \let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+% \else % Oneside definition
+% \def\ps@headings{%
+% \def\@oddfoot{\hfil Text for one-side layout\hfill}
+% \def\@oddhead{\usebox{\firm}
+% \headfont\hfil\@date\hfil\pagename\ \pnumfont\thepage}}
+% \fi
+
+
+%%% Top of first page: right
+\sbox{\firmaddress}
+% Use either Text:
+ {\parbox[t]{\rightfield}{%
+ \fontsize{9}{10pt}\selectfont\normalfont
+ Meine Stra{\ss}e 1\\ 12345 Meindorf}}
+% or graphic:
+%{\includegraphics{ourlogo}}
+
+%% and remember to adjust FIRM and firmaddress:
+
+%%% Top of first page: left + right
+%%% You may want to adjust the raisebox
+\sbox{\FIRMHEAD}
+ {\usebox{\FIRM}\raisebox{3mm}{\usebox{\firmaddress}}}
+
+%%% Return address
+%%% one line version
+\sbox{\firmreturn}
+ {\underline{\fontsize{7}{8pt}\selectfont
+ \hskip5mm Mein Name \textperiodcentered Meine Stra{\ss}e 1
+ \textperiodcentered D--12345 Meindorf\hskip5mm}}
+
+%%% two line version
+%\sbox{\firmreturn}
+% {\underline{
+% \slshape\fontsize{7}{8pt}\selectfont
+% \hskip3mm\parbox{65mm}
+% {\makebox[65mm][c]
+% {Fachschaft -- Maschinenbau \textperiodcentered
+% \mbox{\raise .75ex \hbox{c}\kern -.15em /\kern -.125em
+% \smash{\lower .3ex \hbox{o}}}
+% AStA TU Braunschweig}
+% \makebox[65mm][c]
+% {Katharinenstra{\ss}e 1 \textperiodcentered D--38106 Braunschweig}}
+% \hskip3mm}}
+
+%%% Firstpage footer
+%%% The code should be controlled by @banklo
+\sbox{\firmfoot}
+ {\fontsize{9}{11pt}\selectfont
+%%% The following line may look nice in a FAX.CFG :-)
+%%% If you have a bad telephone-line try snail-mail!\\
+ \if@banklo
+ \ifnum\language = \l@german
+ Bankverbindung:
+ \hspace{5mm}
+ \parbox[t]{\rightfield}{\raggedright
+ Undeutsche Landesbank Frankfurt,
+ BLZ~123\,456\,78, Konto~1\,111\,007\\}%
+ \hspace{5mm}
+ \parbox[t]{\rightfield}{\raggedright
+ Die Sparkasse Meindorf,
+ BLZ~007\,123\,10, Konto~08\,15\\}
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+
+%%% Text displayed below the header on the right side
+%%% This should be controlled by @bankhi
+%%% This is the only place that will be re-evaluated for
+%%% every letter! Everything that changes for different
+%%% letters (in the same document) must go either here
+%%% or in the ref-line.
+\newcommand{\rightbox}%
+ {\parbox[t]{\rightfield}%
+ {\fontsize{9}{11pt}\selectfont
+ \raggedright
+ \ifx\fromname\@empty
+ \else
+ \ifnum \language = \l@german
+ Sachbearbeiter:
+ \fi
+ \fromname\\
+ \fi
+ \ifx\telephonenum\@empty
+ \ifnum \language = \l@german
+ \telephonename: 040 / 44\,17\,77
+ \else
+ \telephonename: 49--40--44\,17\,77
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \telephonename: \telephonenum
+ \fi\\[1.5ex]
+ \ifx\telefaxnum\@empty
+ \ifnum \language = \l@german
+ \telefaxname: 040 / 44\,17\,77
+ \else
+ \telefaxname: 49--40--44\,17\,77
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \telefaxname: \telefaxnum
+ \fi\\[1.5ex]
+ \ifx\@email\@empty
+ e-mail: Mein-Name@ insert.your.domain.here
+ \else
+ e-mail: \@email
+ \fi\\[1.5ex]
+ \if@bankhi
+ \ifnum \language = \l@german
+ Bankverbindung:\\[1ex]
+ Undeutsche Landesbank Frankfurt,
+ BLZ~123\,456\,78, Konto~1\,111\,007\\[.5ex]
+ Die Sparkasse L\"uneburg,
+ BLZ~007\,123\,10, Konto~08\,15 \\[.5ex]
+ \fi
+ \fi
+
+
+ %% Finally fixed it!
+ %% If you want to have the date here, set the
+ %% rightdate options.
+ %% (With a big excuse to Markus and many others, who
+ %% had to wait that long)
+ \if@rightdate
+ \vspace{0.5ex}
+ \normalsize\@date
+ \fi
+ }}
+
+
+%% The labels defined in myletter.cls are what my printer likes:
+%% Onecolumn, 100mm * 50mm, 3mm separation.
+%% If you have different lables edit here:
+
+%\renewcommand*{\startlabels}{\labelcount\z@
+% \pagestyle{empty}
+% \let\@texttop\relax
+% \setlength\parsep {0\p@}
+%% The margins are calculated from the 1in,1in point,
+%% thus negative values if the margins schould be smaller
+% \topmargin -60\p@
+% \headsep \z@
+% \oddsidemargin -35\p@
+% \evensidemargin -35\p@
+% \textheight 10in
+% \@colht\textheight \@colroom\textheight \vsize\textheight
+% \textwidth 550\p@
+% You may have to increase columnsep if you use twocolumn labels
+% This is what letter.cls uses.
+% \columnsep 26\p@
+% This does almost nothing since there is an explicit fontsize-command
+% in the text written.
+% \ifcase \@ptsize\relax
+% \normalsize
+% \or
+% \small
+% \or
+% \footnotesize
+% \fi
+% \baselineskip \z@
+% \lineskip \z@
+% \boxmaxdepth \z@
+% \parindent \z@
+% This is obvious, isn't it?
+% \twocolumn
+% \relax}
+
+%% This is how the label printed will look like.
+%% Note that specialmail will be written to the .aux-file
+%% when the letter is processed. The width used here is
+%% what letter.cls uses.
+
+%\renewcommand*{\mlabel}[2]{%
+% \parbox[b][2in][c]{3in}{%
+% \strut\ignorespaces\usebox{\firmreturn}\\
+% \fontsize{12}{14pt}\selectfont
+% \parbox[t][1.2in][c]{3in}{#2}
+% }\par%
+%}
+
+\makeatother
+\endinput
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `altfont.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% altfont.dtx (with options: `config')
+%%
+%% altfont: A LaTeX2e package for using alternative fonts
+%% Copyright (C) 1996 Sebastian Marius Kirsch <sebastian_kirsch@kl.maus.de>
+%%
+%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+%% (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+%% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%%
+%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+%% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+%% Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+%%
+\def\fileversion{1.1} % ^^A -*-latex-*-
+\def\filedate{1996/07/02}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesFile{altfont.cfg}%
+ [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Local configuration for altfont.sty]
+\DefaultRMFont{ptm}
+\DefaultSFFont{phv}
+\DefaultTTFont{pcr}
+\AvailableRMFont{times}{ptm}
+\AvailableRMFont{palatino}{ppl}
+\AvailableRMFont{newcent}{pnc}
+
+\AvailableSFFont{helv}{phv}
+\AvailableSFFont{gill}{pgs}
+
+\AvailableTTFont{courier}{pcr}
+
+\AvailableFont[\altfontenc{T1}]{dco}{cmor}{cmoss}{cmott}
+\AvailableFont[\altfontenc{OT1}%
+ \DeclareFontSubstitution{OT1}{pnr}{m}{n}%
+ \renewcommand{\bfdefault}{b}%
+ \renewcommand{\itdefault}{sl}]{pandora}{pnr}{pnss}{pntt}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `altfont.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `psfont.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% psfont.dtx (with options: `config')
+%%
+%% psfont: A LaTeX2e package for using PostScript fonts
+%% Copyright (C) 1996 Sebastian Marius Kirsch <sebastian_kirsch@kl.maus.de>
+%%
+%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+%% (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+%% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%%
+%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+%% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+%% Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+%%
+\def\fileversion{1.1}
+\def\filedate{1996/06/30}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesFile{psfont.cfg}
+ [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Local configuration for psfont.sty]
+\DefaultRMFont{ptm}
+\DefaultSFFont{phv}
+\DefaultTTFont{pcr}
+\AvailableRMFont{times}{ptm}
+\AvailableRMFont{palatino}{ppl}
+\AvailableRMFont{newcent}{pnc}
+
+\AvailableSFFont{helv}{phv}
+\AvailableSFFont{gill}{pgs}
+
+\AvailableTTFont{courier}{pcr}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `psfont.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+% New colors defined
+\definecolor{brown}{rgb}{.65, .16, .16}
+
+\definecolor{lightblue}{rgb}{.68, .85, .9}
+\definecolor{lightred}{rgb}{1.0, .65, .65}
+
+\definecolor{darkyellow}{rgb}{0.6, 0.6, 0.3}
+
+\definecolor{palegreen}{rgb}{.6, .98, .6}
+\definecolor{pink}{rgb}{1, .75, .8}
+\definecolor{wheat}{rgb}{.96, .87, .7}
+\definecolor{verylightgray}{gray}{0.95}
+
+
+\newcommand{\arrowheight}{\dbar}
+\newcommand{\arrowwidth}{\dbar}
+
+\newcommand{\ARbot}{0}
+\newcommand{\RECTmid}{0}
+\newcommand{\RECTwidth}{0.7} % 70% from \dbar
+\newcommand{\RECTleft}{0}
+\newcommand{\RECTright}{0}
+
+\newcommand{\mytempx}{0}
+\newcommand{\mytempxx}{0}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Additional bar primitives %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand{\barArrowRect}[6][fillstyle=solid]
+{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
+ {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#2}{#4}
+ \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2}
+
+ \FPfsub{\ARbot}{#5}{\arrowheight}
+
+ \FPmul{\mytempx}{\dbar}{\RECTwidth}
+ \FPdiv{\mytempxx}{\mytempx}{2}
+ \FPfsub{\RECTleft}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx}
+ \FPfadd{\RECTright}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx}
+
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](\RECTleft,#3)(\RECTright,\ARbot)
+ \pspolygon[fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](#2,\ARbot)(\RECTmid,#5)(#4,\ARbot)(#2,\ARbot)
+ }
+ {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#3}{#5}
+ \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2}
+ \FPfsub{\ARbot}{#4}{\arrowheight}
+ \FPmul{\mytempx}{\dbar}{\RECTwidth}
+ \FPdiv{\mytempxx}{\mytempx}{2}
+ \FPfsub{\RECTleft}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx}
+ \FPfadd{\RECTright}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx}
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](#2,\RECTleft)(\ARbot,\RECTright)
+ \pspolygon[fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](\ARbot,#3)(#4,\RECTmid)(\ARbot,#5)(\ARbot,#3)
+ }
+}
+%---------------------------------------
+\newcommand{\barGradRect}[6][fillstyle=gradient]
+{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
+ {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=45,
+ fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5)
+ }
+ {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=-45,
+ fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5)
+ }
+}
+
+\newcommand{\barGradMidRect}[6][fillstyle=gradient]
+{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
+ {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.3,gradangle=90,
+ fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5)
+ }
+ {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.3,gradangle=0,
+ fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5)
+ }
+}
+%---------------------------------------
+\newcommand{\barGradCylinder}[6][fillstyle=gradient]
+{ \FPmul{\xtd}{\dbar}{\tdx}
+ \FPmul{\ytd}{\dbar}{\tdy}
+
+ \FPdiv{\elRx}{\dbar}{2}
+ \FPdiv{\elRy}{\ytd}{2}
+
+ \ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
+ {
+ \FPfadd{\tmpvar}{#2}{#4}
+ \FPdiv{\xtda}{\tmpvar}{2} % Xcenter of the bottom ellipse
+ \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2}
+ \FPfadd{\ytda}{\tmpvar}{#3} % Ycenter of the bottom ellipse
+ \newpsstyle{gradcylstyle}{gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.25,gradangle=90,fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6}
+ % Draw the bottom ellipse
+ \psellipse[style=gradcylstyle](\xtda,\ytda)(\elRx,\elRy)
+ \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2}
+ \FPfadd{\ytdb}{\tmpvar}{#5} % Ycenter of the top ellipse
+ % Draw the rectangle
+ \psframe[style=gradcylstyle](#2,\ytda)(#4,\ytdb)
+ % Draw the top ellipse
+ \psellipse[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6](\xtda,\ytdb)(\elRx,\elRy)
+ }
+ { \FPfadd{\tmpvar}{#3}{#5}
+ \FPdiv{\ytda}{\tmpvar}{2}
+ \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2}
+ \FPfadd{\xtda}{\tmpvar}{#2}
+ \newpsstyle{gradcylstyle}{gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.25,gradangle=0,fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6}
+ % Draw the left ellipse
+ \psellipse[style=gradcylstyle](\xtda,\ytda,)(\elRy,\elRx)
+ \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2}
+ \FPfadd{\ytdb}{\tmpvar}{#4}
+ % Draw the rectangle
+ \psframe[style=gradcylstyle](\xtda,#3)(\ytdb,#5)
+ % Draw the right ellipse
+ \psellipse[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6](\ytdb,\ytda)(\elRy,\elRx)
+ }
+}
+%---------------------------------------
+\newcommand{\barCoil}[6][qq]
+{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert}
+ {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#2}{#4}
+ \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2}
+ \pscoil[linecolor=#6,linewidth=3pt]{->}(\RECTmid,#3)(\RECTmid,#5)
+ }
+ {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#3}{#5}
+ \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2}
+ \pscoil[linecolor=#5,linewidth=3pt]{->}(#2,\RECTmid)(#4,\RECTmid)
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `BHCexam.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% BHCexam.dtx (with options: `cfg')
+%%
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2011 by Charles Bao <charley792@gmail.com>
+%%
+%% This file was generated from file(s) of the BHCexam package project.
+%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This is the configuration file of the BHCexam package with LaTeX2e.
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{BHCexam.cfg}
+ [2011/07/27 v0.2 BHCexam
+ configuration file]
+
+
+
+\def\@biaoti{2011年全国普通高等学校招生统一考试(上海卷)}
+\def\@kemu{数学(理科)}
+\def\@zongfen{150}
+\def\@shijian{120}
+\def\@tiankong@zongfen{56}
+\def\@tiankong@tishu{14}
+\def\@tiankong@fen{4}
+\def\@xuanze@zongfen{16}
+\def\@xuanze@tishu{4}
+\def\@xuanze@fen{4}
+\def\@jianda@zongfen{78}
+\def\@jianda@tishu{5}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `BHCexam.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+\ProvidesFile{catoptions-guide.cfg}%
+ [2011/12/17 v0.2.7b Configuration file for catoptions-guide.tex (AM)]
+
+\cptloadpackages{%
+ xwatermark|printwatermark;
+ array;
+ colortbl;
+ ltablex;
+}
+\keepXColumns
+
+\fancypagenos[%
+ showonpageone = false,
+ showpagenumbers = true,
+ showheadrule = true,
+ showfootrule = false,
+ yposition = -.42\paperheight,
+ xposition = 0,
+ scale = 1,
+ angle = 0,
+ left-header = The \textcolor{macrocolor}{catoptions} package,
+ style = \textsc{Page~\thepage~of~\pageref{xwmlastpage}},
+ right-header = \ttcl{black}{\today}
+]
+
+\amltxoptions{%
+ geometryoptions = {left=3cm,right=3cm,top=2.5cm,%
+ bottom=2.5cm,includeheadfoot},
+ reviewdocument = false,
+ parindent = false,
+ toc = false,
+ frontpagestyle = empty,
+ pretitleskip = 0ex,
+ posttitleskip = 1ex,
+ presuptitleskip = 15ex,
+ postsuptitleskip = 0ex,
+ presubtitleskip = 0ex,
+ postsubtitleskip = -\baselineskip,
+ loadnatbib = {numbers,sort&compress},
+ cmdcolor = xmagenta1,
+ stylecolor = xgreen1,
+ speccolor = teal,
+ sectionheadcolor = blue
+}
+\def\otherchars{\quoted{other} characters\sspace}
+\ltsnewletcs*\sectionbreak\medbreak
+\AtBeginDocument{\renewdef*\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}}
+
+\newwatermark
+[page=1,fontfamily=phv,fontsize=11pt,fontseries=m,textalign=center,
+ coordunit=pc,textwidth=\hsize,textangle=0,textscale=1.8,textxpos=0,
+ textypos=32.5]{\xwmfadingtext[textcolor=blue,boxcolor=red,
+ scale=1.8,height=1.5ex,letterwidth=7.8mm]{catoptions}\\[1ex]%
+ \ttcl{blue}{\resizebox{.5\width}{!}{Setting up
+ {\tt\string\futurelet} characters, securing catcodes,
+ and parsing options}}%
+}
+
+\newwatermark
+[page=1,fontfamily=phv,fontsize=10pt,fontseries=m,color=black,textalign=center,
+ coordunit=pc,textwidth=\hsize,textangle=0,textscale=1,textxpos=0,textypos=24]{%
+ \ltscitation[author={Michael J. Downes, 1958--2003},textcolor=black,leftmargin=0em,
+ fonttype=\small]{%
+ The \pkgg'{pcatcode} functionality would work best if it were built into the
+ \usecsn{latex2e} kernel, but it cannot be usefully added to the kernel now without
+ adversely affecting document compatibility across different systems. This package
+ therefore modifies one or two of the low-level package-loading functions defined
+ by the kernel. Theoretically speaking, the \pkgg'{pcatcode} itself has to guard against
+ the
+ kind of catcode problems that it is intended to circumvent. If you would like a
+ nice little \texnician's exercise, try your hand, before looking at the code of the
+ \pkgg'{pcatcode}, at the task that I set for myself: find the minimal set of catcode
+ assumptions that one has to make before attempting to establish normalcy, where normalcy is
+ defined as the state at the end of the \latex kernel, just before the last
+ \hx{\makeatother}. This is the state that may normally be expected at the
+ beginning of a \hx{\documentclass} file, if the \latex format file does not
+ have any extensions (\eg, \pkgm{babel}) compiled in.
+ }%
+}
+
+\endinput
+
+%%% End of file catoptions-guide.cfg %%%
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `cdpshues.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% cdpbundl.dtx (with options: `config')
+%%
+%% This is a generated file.
+%% It is part of a work named "C.D.P. Bundle".
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1999-2006 by Gustavo MEZZETTI <mezzetti@math.unipd.it>.
+%%
+%% The C.D.P. Bundle may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% The C.D.P. Bundle has the LPPL maintenance status
+%% "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% The file `manifest.txt' that comes along with this file specifies
+%% what the C.D.P. Bundle consists of; more precisely, it explains how
+%% the locutions "Work" and "Compiled Work", used in the LaTeX Project
+%% Public License, are to be interpreted in the case of this work.
+%%
+%% Note that the distribution of this file alone is "distribution of
+%% only part of the Work" in the sense of the LaTeX Project Public
+%% License, and is not allowed.
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%%
+%%% The argument of the "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command contains
+%%% the name (w/o extension) of the default color definition file:
+\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{cdpshues}
+
+====================
+EXPLANATORY COMMENTS
+====================
+
+This file is special in that the cdpaddon package stops reading it as
+soon as it encounters the first "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command:
+all subsequent lines are ignored, and can hence contain explanatory
+comments, just like these. To save disk space (although, in this era
+of gigabytes, this is not a compelling issue!), you can, if you want,
+delete all lines in this file except the one which contains the first
+occurrence of a "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command (12 lines above);
+but if you do so, please be sure to read them before deleting them!
+(Anyway, I think it is a good idea to leave the comments in place.)
+
+The "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command has one argument, in which
+you should put the name of a default file from which the definitions
+of the hues for the C.D.P. seal are read when no other file has been
+indicated in the options passed to the cdpaddon package. Note that
+the extension ".def" is automatically added to the name; therefore,
+you **must** leave it out in the name given as the argument of the
+"\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command.
+
+The C.D.P. Bundle comes with some definition files already included;
+their names are listed below, without the extension ".def" (each one
+is packaged in a "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command):
+
+\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{cdpshues-example}
+\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{epson-stylus-740}
+\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{hp-laserjet-4500}
+
+To make one of these files the default one, copy (or move) the line
+containing its name to the top of the file, so that its becomes the
+first line (yes, even above the opening comments, those four dozens
+lines starting with "%%": let us keep things easy!).
+
+If you write a new definition file, you can make it the default by
+writing a similar "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command and putting it
+in the first line of this file (above the opening comments, why not).
+Remember that only the first such command appearing in this file is
+taken into consideration: all subsequent lines are ignored.
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `cdpshues.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `contour.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% contour.dtx (with options: `cfgfile')
+%%
+%% contour package configuration file
+%%
+%% Copyright 2004 Harald Harders
+%%
+%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+%% version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+%%
+%% h.harders@tu-bs.de
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{contour.cfg}
+ [2004/11/18 v2.14 Print contoured text (HH, MH)]
+ % Select an appropriate default driver
+\begingroup
+ \chardef\x=0 %
+ % check pdfTeX
+ \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{%
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \else
+ \chardef\x=1 %
+ \fi
+ }%
+ % check VTeX
+ \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{%
+ \chardef\x=2 %
+ }%
+\expandafter\endgroup
+\ifcase\x
+ % default case
+ \ExecuteOptions{dvips}%
+\or
+ % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode
+ \ExecuteOptions{pdftex}%
+\else
+ % VTeX is running
+ \ExecuteOptions{vtex}%
+\fi
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `contour.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Config file for ExtraTitlePage
+%%
+%% This file "CoverPage.cfg" is read by "CoverPage.sty"
+%% (if it exists). Use it to define default settings, e.g. for your
+%% institute or your group logo.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% set institute
+%% (the only information which cannot be extracted from BibTeX entry)
+\CoverPageSetup{institute = {Institute of Applied Nonsense}}
+
+%% redefine header, body, or footer with \renewcommand
+\renewcommand{\CoverPageHeader}{%
+ \LARGE\bfseries%
+ \dotfill{} This is my header \dotfill}
+\renewcommand{\CoverPageFooterLogo}{%
+ \Huge\sffamily%
+ L-O-G-O}
+
+%% These are "our" settings:
+%%\CoverPageSetup{institute = {Institute of Imaging and Computer Vision\\
+%% RWTH Aachen University, 52056 Aachen, Germany\\
+%% tel: +49 241 80 27860, fax: +49 241 80 22200\\
+%% web: www.lfb.rwth-aachen.de}}
+%%\renewcommand{\CoverPageHeader}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{lfbheader}}
+%%\renewcommand{\CoverPageFooterLogo}{\includegraphics[width=.35\textwidth]{rwthlogo}}
--- /dev/null
+% $Id: csquotes.cfg,v 5.1d 2011/10/22 19:17:39 lehman stable $
+
+\ProvidesFile{csquotes.cfg}
+
+% Put your definitions here.
+
+\endinput
+
+% What follows are examples of what you will typically do in this
+% file. Note that you need to move the examples above \endinput if
+% you want to try them out.
+
+% PRESETTING PACKAGE OPTIONS
+
+% Use \ExecuteQuoteOptions to preset package options if you are not
+% satisfied with the built-in defaults. Options given here will be
+% processed before any options specified in the document preamble,
+% so you can still override them in the preamble.
+
+\ExecuteQuoteOptions{strict=true,autostyle=try}
+
+% CHANGING THE DEFAULT PARAMETERS
+
+% Even if you modify the package defaults here, all preset values
+% may still be changed in the document preamble as usual. The
+% following values are the built-in package defaults:
+
+\SetBlockEnvironment{quote}
+\SetBlockThreshold{3}
+\SetCiteCommand{\cite}
+
+% SETTING UP A NEW QUOTE STYLE
+
+% Here's an example of a new quote style with several variants (look
+% up \DeclareQuoteStyle in the manual for all the details):
+
+\DeclareQuoteStyle[quotes]{example}% [variant]{style}
+ {\textquotedblleft}% opening outer mark
+ {\textquotedblright}% closing outer mark
+ {\textquoteleft}% opening inner mark
+ {\textquoteright}% closing inner mark
+\DeclareQuoteStyle[quotes*]{example}
+ {\quotedblbase}
+ {\textquotedblright}
+ [0.1em]% kern adjoining marks
+ {\quotesinglbase}
+ {\textquoteright}
+\DeclareQuoteStyle[everypar]{example}
+ {\guillemotleft}
+ [\guilsinglleft]% middle outer mark
+ {\guillemotright}
+ {\textquotedblleft}
+ [\textquoteleft]% middle inner mark
+ {\textquotedblright}
+
+% Defining the default variant of the style:
+
+\DeclareQuoteAlias[quotes]{example}{example}
+
+% Defining a second-level alias:
+
+\DeclareQuoteAlias{example}{demo}
+
+% Adding a package option for the style:
+
+\DeclareQuoteOption{example}
+
+% DEFINING SHORT COMMAND NAMES
+
+% The names of all macros which csquotes provides by default are
+% rather verbose. They are meant to be self-explanatory. You may
+% find names like \hyphentextquote a bit too verbose, however,
+% especially if you use them frequently. It is very easy to define
+% shorter command names on top of the verbose ones. The trick is to
+% exclude the arguments such that the short definition is a simple
+% pointer to the full name:
+%
+% \newcommand*{\htquote}{\hyphentextquote}
+%
+% Here are a few useful shorthands:
+
+\newcommand*{\tquote}{\textquote}
+\newcommand*{\tcquote}{\textcquote}
+
+\newcommand*{\bquote}{\blockquote}
+\newcommand*{\bcquote}{\blockcquote}
+
+% You can even include language switches in the definition of the
+% short command form:
+%
+% \newcommand*{\usquote}{\hyphentextquote{american}}
+%
+% That, however, will not work as expected if you try to use the
+% starred version because
+%
+% \usquote*{quotation}
+%
+% will not yield
+%
+% \hyphentextquote*{american}{quotation}
+%
+% but rather
+%
+% \hyphentextquote{american}*{quotation}
+%
+% which is invalid syntax. The following little macro takes care of
+% that. If you prefix a definition which consists of a macro name
+% and one argument with \@checkstar, it will check if the starred
+% version of the command was requested and rearrange the syntax
+% accordingly:
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\@checkstar}[2]{%
+ \@ifstar{#1*{#2}}{#1{#2}}}
+
+% If we define our \usquote shorthand like that:
+%
+% \newcommand*{\usquote}{\@checkstar\hyphentextquote{american}}
+%
+% then
+%
+% \usquote*{quotation}
+%
+% will correctly yield
+%
+% \hyphentextquote*{american}{quotation}
+%
+% Here are a few useful shorthands:
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\dequote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenquote{german}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\frquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenquote{french}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ukquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenquote{british}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\usquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenquote{american}}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\detquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{german}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\frtquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{french}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\uktquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{british}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ustquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{american}}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\debquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{german}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\frbquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{french}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ukbquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{british}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\usbquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{american}}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\detcquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{german}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\frtcquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{french}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\uktcquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{british}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ustcquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{american}}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\debcquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{german}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\frbcquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{french}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ukbcquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{british}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\usbcquote}{%
+ \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{american}}
+
+% It is also possible to define shorter environment names. In this
+% case, the opening part of the environment definition should be the
+% verbose environment name with a backslash; the closing definition
+% should be the verbose name preceded by 'end' plus a backslash:
+
+\newenvironment*{dquote}
+ {\displayquote}
+ {\enddisplayquote}
+
+\newenvironment*{dcquote}
+ {\displaycquote}
+ {\enddisplaycquote}
+
+% Short environment definitions may also include language switches.
+% In this case, the language name is included in the opening part of
+% the environment definition. Here are a few useful examples:
+
+\newenvironment*{dedquote}
+ {\hyphendisplayquote{german}}
+ {\endhyphendisplayquote}
+\newenvironment*{frdquote}
+ {\hyphendisplayquote{french}}
+ {\endhyphendisplayquote}
+\newenvironment*{ukdquote}
+ {\hyphendisplayquote{british}}
+ {\endhyphendisplayquote}
+\newenvironment*{usdquote}
+ {\hyphendisplayquote{american}}
+ {\endhyphendisplayquote}
+
+\newenvironment*{dedcquote}
+ {\hyphendisplaycquote{german}}
+ {\endhyphendisplaycquote}
+\newenvironment*{frdcquote}
+ {\hyphendisplaycquote{french}}
+ {\endhyphendisplaycquote}
+\newenvironment*{ukdcquote}
+ {\hyphendisplaycquote{british}}
+ {\endhyphendisplaycquote}
+\newenvironment*{usdcquote}
+ {\hyphendisplaycquote{american}}
+ {\endhyphendisplaycquote}
+
+% DEFINING ENVIRONMENTS FOR PARAGRAPH QUOTATIONS
+
+% Here are some alternative environments for paragraph quotations
+% (block and display). The first one decreases the font size of
+% the 'quote' environment by one step:
+
+\RequirePackage{relsize}
+
+\newenvironment*{smallquote}
+ {\quote\smaller}
+ {\endquote}
+
+\SetBlockEnvironment{smallquote}
+
+% This environment forces indentation after all paragraph quotations:
+
+\newenvironment*{paraquote}
+ {\begingroup\quote}
+ {\endquote\endgroup}
+
+\SetBlockEnvironment{paraquote}
+
+% The last environment combines the previous ones:
+
+\RequirePackage{relsize}
+
+\newenvironment*{smallparaquote}
+ {\begingroup\quote\smaller}
+ {\endquote\endgroup}
+
+\SetBlockEnvironment{smallparaquote}
+
+\endinput
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% Example configuration file
+%
+% This file is input by the last command of the class `dinbrief'
+%
+%\setaddressllhpos{100truemm}
+%\setaddressllvpos{96truemm}
+%\setaddressllcorner{20truemm}{72truemm}
+%\addressstd
+%\nobackaddressrule
+%\nowindowrules
+%\address{R\"udiger Kurz\\ % Package `german' not yet loaded!
+% Am See 1\\
+% 76133 Karlsruhe}
+%\backaddress{R.~Kurz, Am See 1, 76133 Karslruhe}
+%\place{Gralsruhe}
+%\phone{(0127)}{806-0815}
+%\signature{R\"udiger Kurz}
+%\setbottomtexttop{284.9truemm}
+%\bottomtext{%
+% \makebox[\textwidth][c]{\small\sf
+% Bankverbindung $\cdot$ Kreissparkasse Gralsruhe %
+% (BLZ~999~500~00) 98~765~4}}
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `draftcopy.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% draftcopy.doc (with options: `config')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from draftcopy.cfg.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file draftcopy.doc.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+\iffalse
+\fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\ifx\OpMode\undefined
+\ExecuteOptions{dvips}
+\else
+\ExecuteOptions{vtex}
+\fi
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `draftcopy.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `efxmpl.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% endfloat.dtx (with options: `config')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%% This is part of a set of tools (or better yet, experiments) written
+%% by Jeff Goldberg (jeffrey@goldmark.org), who is writting this
+%% not only for it utility value, but as part of the process of learning
+%% LaTeX. These tools are far from perfect, and comments are welcome.
+%%
+%% The usual disclaimers apply: If it doesn't work right that's your
+%% problem (but do let me know).
+%%
+%% The usual GNU-style conditions apply: If you change it, you take
+%% the blame; if you pass it on, pass on all present condiditions;
+%%
+\def\filename{endfloat}
+\def\fileversion{v2.5d}
+\def\filedate{2011/12/25}
+\def\docdate{2011/12/05}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+%% Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article
+%% Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table
+%% Authors: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>,
+%% Jeff Goldberg <jeffrey@goldmark.org>,
+%% Axel Sommerfeldt <axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm>
+%% Maintainer: Jeff Goldberg <jeffrey@goldmark.org>
+%% Latest Version: Version 2.5 <November 2011>
+\RequirePackage{rotating}
+\DeclareDelayedFloatFlavor{sidewaysfigure}{figure}
+\DeclareDelayedFloatFlavor{sidewaystable}{table}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `efxmpl.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `fac-de.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% facsimile.dtx (with options: `configuration')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from fac-de.cfg.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file facsimile.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\makeatletter
+\@ifpackageloaded{babel}{}{
+ \renewcommand{\iflanguage}[3]{%
+ \def\paramone{german}\def\paramtwo{#1}
+ \ifx\paramone\paramtwo\else
+ \errmessage{internal error in facsimile.cfg}\fi
+ \@ifpackageloaded{german}{#2}{#3}}
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\iflanguage{german}{
+\renewcommand{\faxnotetext}{Dieses Fax wurde von einem
+ Faxmodem aus gesendet. Wenn Sie auf dieses Fax antworten
+ wollen, rufen Sie erst an, damit sichergestellt werden kann,
+ da\ss{} das Faxmodem bereit ist, die Sendung zu empfangen.}
+
+\faxfrom{%
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ von: & Peter Meier\\
+ Adresse: & Hauptstra\ss e 7\\
+ & 28182 Musterstadt\\
+ Telefon/Fax: & 08\,67\,/\,65\,53\,4\\
+ \end{tabular}}
+}{
+\renewcommand{\faxnotetext}{This message was sent using a fax
+ modem. When replying to this fax, phone first, so the fax
+ modem and PC can be switched on, and prepared for fax
+ reception.}
+
+\faxfrom{%
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ from: & Peter Meier\\
+ address: & Hauptstra\ss e 7\\
+ & 27182 Musterstadt\\
+ & Germany\\
+ phone/fax: & +49-867-65534\\
+ \end{tabular}}
+}
+
+\usepackage{mathptmx}\boldmath
+\usepackage{helvet}
+\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{\sfdefault}\rmfamily
+
+\IfFileExists{signatur.eps}{
+ \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}
+ \renewcommand{\closinghook}{\includegraphics{signatur}\\}
+}
+{
+ \message{signatur.eps not found!}
+}
+
+\author{Peter Meier}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `fac-de.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `fac-en.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% facsimile.dtx (with options: `coreconfiguration')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from fac-en.cfg.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file facsimile.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\faxfrom{%
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ from: & Bugs Bunny\\
+ address: & ACME Street 42\\
+ & 90210 Toontown\\
+ & USA\\
+ phone/fax: & +1-555-314159\\
+ \end{tabular}}
+
+\author{Bugs Bunny}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `fac-en.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `avery5371.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% flashcards.dtx (with options: `avery5371')
+%%
+%% FlashCards LaTeX2e Class for Typesetting Double Sided Cards
+%% Copyright (C) 2000 Alexander M. Budge <ambudge@mit.edu>
+%%
+%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+%% (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+%% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%%
+%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+%% along with this program (the file COPYING); if not, write to the
+%% Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{avery5371.cfg}
+\newcommand{\cardpapermode}{portrait}
+\newcommand{\cardpaper}{letterpaper}
+\newcommand{\cardrows}{5}
+\newcommand{\cardcolumns}{2}
+\setlength{\cardheight}{2.0in}
+\setlength{\cardwidth}{3.5in}
+\setlength{\topoffset}{0.50in}
+\setlength{\oddoffset}{0.75in}
+\setlength{\evenoffset}{0.75in}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `avery5371.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `avery5388.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% flashcards.dtx (with options: `avery5388')
+%%
+%% FlashCards LaTeX2e Class for Typesetting Double Sided Cards
+%% Copyright (C) 2000 Alexander M. Budge <ambudge@mit.edu>
+%%
+%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+%% (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+%% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%%
+%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+%% along with this program (the file COPYING); if not, write to the
+%% Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{avery5388.cfg}
+\newcommand{\cardpapermode}{portrait}
+\newcommand{\cardpaper}{letterpaper}
+\newcommand{\cardrows}{3}
+\newcommand{\cardcolumns}{1}
+\setlength{\cardheight}{3.0in}
+\setlength{\cardwidth}{5.0in}
+\setlength{\topoffset}{1.0in}
+\setlength{\oddoffset}{1.75in}
+\setlength{\evenoffset}{1.75in}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `avery5388.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `foilhtml.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% foilhtml.dtx (with options: `cfg')
+%%
+%% The first part of this file contains default options for your site.
+%% The second part (inside AtEndOfPackage declaration) should contain
+%% customization commands specific to your site.
+%%
+%% Good luck
+%%
+%% The default options go here
+%%
+\ExecuteOptions{nopagesintoc}
+%%
+\AtEndOfPackage{\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} % Customization goes here
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `foilhtml.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{abbrevs} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Abbrevs package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{1997/10/18}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{abbrevs.cfg}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{25}
+%
+% \section{\cname{DateMarkSize}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DateMarkSize}
+% I like to use this definition instead of the one in the main file, but I
+% didn't want to require \package{abbrevs} to depend on \package{relsize}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{relsize}
+\def\DateMarkSize {%
+ \relsize{-1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Backwards compatibility}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMNewCategory}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMDefineAbbrevPlain}
+% This can be uncommented to deal with anything you might have written that
+% referred to these variables before I changed their names.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \newlet\TMNewCategory\NewAbbrevCategory
+% \newlet\TMDefineAbbrevPlain\TMDefineAbbrevStandard
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Suggestions}
+%
+% Here are ideas commented out that you might want to try.
+%
+% You can learn a helpful general strategy about how to work with hooks in
+% \LaTeX{} from this example. If you put the inhibitor directly into
+% \cs\PreFootnote, you could never take it out without either losing whatever
+% else had been put into \cs\PreFootnote, or using some thorny procedure that
+% stepped through the macro and removed just the inhibitor (you don't want to
+% try that). If you add a ``subhook'' to \cs\PreFootnote, you can turn the
+% subhook on or off without even knowing what else in in \cs\PreFootnote. You
+% can't redefine \cs\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue. A \cs\newcommand would work as
+% well as the \cs\newlet here, a tad less efficient.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \newlet\FootnoteTMHook\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue
+% \addto@macro\PreFootnote {%
+% \FootnoteTMHook
+% }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% To undo the effect later, say \code{\let\FootnoteTMHook\relax} or
+% \code{\global\let}\lips as appropriate.
+%
+% \part{Testing}
+%
+% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
+%
+% I'm presently writing a dissertation on \beckett. Although there is
+% comparatively little biographical material available, it is well known that
+% he spent several years under the wing of \joyce, another of the great writers
+% in English this century. \joyce and \beckett, it is curious, like other
+% great writers, both had trouble with their vision, and both were exiles in
+% some sense. One of my favorite pieces by \beckett is \worst, a short work
+% written in the 1980's not long before his death: ``Fail again. Fail
+% better.'' \worst is lyric and exalting to me. A work I feel is underrated
+% is the radio play \fall (all but his three long plays are collected in \csp).
+% It's extremely funny, and very touchingly compassionate. Because it is a
+% radio play, it loses less from performance to reading. I would recommend
+% \fall to anyone. His later plays (and fiction) are famously enigmatic, but
+% with a little practice, it is not hard to see the same lyric beauty and
+% compassion. Take the brief television play \nacht (in \csp of course), which
+% has no dialogue, only a few murmured bars of the Schubert song, also brief,
+% and also called \nacht---it's one of the most hauntingly beautiful few
+% minutes of music I've ever heard, and I particularly recommend Cheryl
+% Studer's recording on Deutsche Grammophone. Every other recording I've heard
+% plays too fast.
+%
+% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
+%
+% \joyceshort is short for \joyce, not \joyce Smith.
+%
+% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
+%
+% Now some more rigious and boring testing. Each pair should be identical.
+%
+% \newbook\aaa{initial}[subsequent]
+% \newname\www{tmacro}[tmacro-subsequent]
+%
+% {\parindent0pt
+%
+% ^^A\def\ldebug#1{\tracingmacros#1\tracingcommands#1\VerboseErrors\relax}
+% \let\ldebug\Gobble
+%
+% \textit{\textitswitch{initial} hello}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \textit{\aaa hello}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textup{\textitswitch{subsequent} hello}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \textup{\aaa hello}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}~tie\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa~tie
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} regular text\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa regular text
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}: colon\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa: colon
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}; semicolon\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa; semicolon
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}. Period.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa. Period.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}! Exclamation point.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa! Exclamation point.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}? Question mark.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa? Question mark.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}-hyphen.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa-hyphen.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} \texttt{texttt}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \texttt{texttt}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} (leftparen)\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa (leftparen)
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% (\textit{subsequent}) rightparen\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% (\aaa) rightparen
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}, comma\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa, comma.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} tmacro\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \www
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}'s face\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa's face
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} ``quote''\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa ``quote''
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} [leftbracket]\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa [leftbracket]
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% [\textit{subsequent}] rightbracket\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% [\aaa] rightbracket
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}{open group}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa {opengroup}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% {\textit{subsequent}} close group\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% {\aaa} close group
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} \{realbrace\}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \{realbrace\}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} 666 number\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa 666 number
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} $x=y^2$ math\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa $x=y^2$ math
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} \$realdollar\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \$realdollar
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent} \#numbersign\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \#numbersign
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}/slash\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa /slash
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}\/ italic correction\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \/ italic correction
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}\ explicit space\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \ explicit space
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}\space \cs\space\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \space \cs\space
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \makeatletter
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}\@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \def\ACRcnta{1}
+% \def\ACRcntb{3}
+% \acromake{CIA}{{\ttfamily CIA}}{Central Intelligence Agency}
+% \newcommand\TMacromakebugit {%
+% \Debug1
+% \typeout{CIA \expandafter\meaning\csname CIA\endcsname}
+% \typeout{LONG \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAlong \endcsname}
+% \typeout{SHORT \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAshort \endcsname}
+% \typeout{secondary \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAsecondary \endcsname}
+% }
+%
+% The \CIA is overthrowing Nigeria.
+%
+% The \CIA is watching in your window right now.
+%
+% The \CIA will stop that missile.
+%
+% The \CIA! The \CIA! The \CIA. The \CIA guys.
+%
+% Resetting Acromake abbrevs.
+% \TMResetAcromake
+%
+% The \CIA! The \CIA! The \CIA. The \CIA guys.
+%
+% } ^^A closes testing group?
--- /dev/null
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{compsci} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Compsci package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{45}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{compsci.cfg}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ALaTeX}
+% \begin{macro}{\Frankenstein}
+% \begin{macro}{\monster}
+% \begin{macro}{\CTAN}
+% \begin{macro}{\kpse}
+% \begin{macro}{\gemacs}
+% \begin{macro}{\auctex}
+% \begin{macro}{\nts}
+% \begin{macro}{\MakeIndex}
+% \begin{macro}{\etex}
+% \begin{macro}{\LaTeXiii}
+% \begin{macro}{\idvi}
+% Various program names.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newprogram\Frankenstein{Frankenstein}
+\newlet\monster\Frankenstein
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{Hmm, \ALaTeX{} kernel uses \cs\DeclareRobustCommand. What does
+% \LaTeX{} kernel do?}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%\requirecommand\ALaTeX {%
+\defcommand\ALaTeX {%
+ A\LaTeX%
+}
+\newabbrev\ctan{CTAN}
+\newprogram\kpse{kpathsea}
+\newprogram\gemacs{\textrm{GNU} Emacs}
+\newprogram\auctex{AUC-\TeX}
+\newprogram\nts{$\cal NTS$}
+\newprogram\MakeIndex{{\normalshape\em Makeindex\/}}
+\newprogram\etex{e-\TeX}
+\newprogram\LaTeXiii{\LaTeX~3}
+\newprogram\idvi{IDVI}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
--- /dev/null
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{slemph} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{slemph package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.0}
+\def\filedate{1996/01/24}
+\def\docdate{1996/01/24}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{12}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{slemph.cfg}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\em}
+% Slanted emphasis.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\em\slswitch
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
--- /dev/null
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{titles} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{titles package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.4}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{24}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{titles.cfg}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{User Customization}
+%
+% Put your own alterations and additions here. For example.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \let\word\textslswitch
+ \newlet\longpoem\textitswitch
+ \newlet\film\textitswitch
+ \newlet\essaytitle\Wrapquotes
+ \newlet\chaptertitle\Wrapquotes
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \part{Testing}
+%
+% \begingroup
+% \setlength\parindent{0pt}
+% \raggedright
+%
+% \subsection{Question and exclamation marks}
+%
+% \newcommand\TestQE [1] {%
+% Test string: [#1]\qquad Result:
+% \IfQuestionOrExclamation{#1}
+% {Question or Exclamation}
+% {Declarative}
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title??%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title? Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title! Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title?!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title? Title?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title? Title!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title! Title?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title?? Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!! Title%
+% }
+%
+% \subsection{Plain}
+%
+% \book{Book Title}. Test.
+%
+% \book{Book Title}, test.
+%
+% \book{Book Title}; test.
+%
+% \book{Book Title} test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title}. Test.
+%
+% ``Play Title.'' Test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title}, test.
+%
+% ``Play Title,'' test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title}; test.
+%
+% ``Play Title''; test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title} test.
+%
+% ``Play Title'' test.
+%
+% \play{title}~tie
+%
+% ``title''~tie
+%
+% \play{title}\ explicit space
+%
+% ``title''\ explicit space
+%
+% \play{title}\space \cs\space
+%
+% ``title''\space \cs\space
+%
+% \play{title}/slash
+%
+% ``title''/slash
+%
+% \play{title}\/ italcorr
+%
+% ``title''\/ italcorr
+%
+% \newpage {\makeatletter
+%
+% \play{title}\@xobeysp xobey
+%
+% }
+%
+% {\makeatletter
+%
+% ``title''\@xobeysp xobey
+%
+% }
+% \subsection{Nested beginnings}
+%
+%%
+%
+% \book{\book{Book Title} begins first book title} and
+% outside.
+%
+% \book{\book{Book Title}, begins first book title}, and
+% outside.
+%
+% \book{\book{Book Title}. begins first book title}. and
+% outside.
+%
+% \book{\book{Book Title}; begins first book title}; and
+% outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% \book{\play{Play Title} begins first book title} and
+% outside.
+%
+% \book{\play{Play Title}, begins first book title}, and
+% outside.
+%
+% \book{\play{Play Title}. begins first book title}. and
+% outside.
+%
+% \book{\play{Play Title}; begins first book title}; and
+% outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% \play{\book{Book Title} begins first play title} and
+% outside.
+%
+% \play{\book{Book Title}, begins first play title}, and
+% outside.
+%
+% \play{\book{Book Title}. begins first play title}. and
+% outside.
+%
+% \play{\book{Book Title}; begins first play title}; and
+% outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% \play{\play{Play Title} begins first play title} and
+% outside.
+%
+% \play{\play{Play Title}, begins first play title}, and
+% outside.
+%
+% \play{\play{Play Title}. begins first play title}. and
+% outside.
+%
+% \play{\play{Play Title}; begins first play title}; and
+% outside.
+%
+%%
+% \subsection{Nested endings}
+%
+% There are too many cases I think to test them all. I'm testing to
+% three levels of nesting.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+% \subsection{double and single nosuck}
+% \newcommand\note [1] {%
+% \medskip{\bfseries #1:}%
+% }
+%
+% \note{OS=open-single\quad OD=open-double\quad CS=close-single\quad
+% CD=close-double
+%
+% The following pairs of lines in medium weight roman should look identical.
+%
+% The line in typewriter font is the source text.
+%
+% The following line in medium weight roman is what that source produces.
+%
+% The third line is what the second line \emph{ought} to produce}
+%
+% |The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted.|
+%
+% The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted.
+%
+% The word ``quoted'' is quoted.
+%
+% \medskip
+% |The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes.|
+%
+% The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes.
+%
+% The word `scare' is in scare quotes.
+%
+% \note{Nesting with no abuttment}
+%
+% |\WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}|
+%
+% \WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}
+%
+% ``The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the lazy dogs.''
+%
+% \medskip
+% |\WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}|
+%
+% \WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}
+%
+% `The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the laxy dogs.'
+%
+% \note{OS+OS, CD+CS}
+%
+% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}}|
+%
+% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}}
+%
+% `\,`The quick brown fox jumped over the ``lazy dogs.''\,'
+%
+% \note{OS+OD, CD+CS}
+%
+% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
+%
+% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
+%
+% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,'
+%
+% \note{OD+OD, CS+CD}
+%
+% |\WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
+%
+% \WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
+%
+% ``\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,''
+%
+% \note{OS+OD, CS+CS}
+%
+% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
+%
+% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
+%
+% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,'
+%
+% \endgroup
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `guit.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% guit.dtx (with options: `cfg')
+%%
+%% Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani di TeX
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any
+%% later version.
+%% The latest version of the license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% Author: Emanuele Vicentini
+%% (emanuelevicentini at yahoo dot it)
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% This work consists of the files: README.txt, guit.dtx, guit.ins and the
+%% derived files guit.sty, guit.cfg and guittest.tex
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{guit.cfg}[2009/07/31 v0.9.1 File di configurazione di guit.sty]
+%% Esempi:
+%% \GuITcolor{1, 0, 1, 0.6}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ptm}{-0.27em}{0.5475ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ptm}[bx]{-0.345em}{0.68ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ppl}{-0.276em}{0.717ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ppl}[bx]{-0.33em}{0.689ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pnc}{-0.322em}{0.678ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pnc}[bx]{-0.36em}{0.656ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{put}{-0.285em}{0.61ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \AliasGuITLogoCommand{put}{bx}{put}{m}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{bch}{-0.28em}{0.58ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{bch}[bx]{-0.31em}{0.56ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pbk}{-0.3em}{0.59ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pbk}[bx]{-0.34em}{0.52ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `guit.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+%% This is file `ifmslide.cfg',
+%%
+%% File: ifmslide.sty Copyright (c) 2000-2010, Thomas Emmel
+%% ifmslide.cfg Copyright (c) 2000-2010, Thomas Emmel
+%% <thomas@family-emmel.de>
+%%
+%
+% This package may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This package consists of the files ifmslide.sty and ifmslide.cfg
+%
+% PLEASE READ NOTE in ifmslide.sty
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% The configuration file may copied to a local place and changed
+% for personal purposes without restriction.
+%
+% The global configuration file can be modified to set global
+% values like the logo and baseurl etc.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% logo for the panel
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+ \panellogo{ifmlogoc}
+ \logourl{http://www.mechanik.tu-darmstadt.de}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% buttons for style "button"
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+ \OnButton{button1e}{button1c}
+ \OffButton{buttonge}{buttongc}
+ \DraftButton{buttonee}{buttonec}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% background. Switch it on or off with \showbackground and
+% \hidebackground
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \background{athenep1}
+ \background{}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% hyperref setup
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \hypersetup{baseurl={http://www.mechanik.tu-darmstadt.de/}}
+ \hypersetup{pdfcreator={PDFLaTeX with ifmslide}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% colors
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+ \definecolor{background}{gray}{.8}
+ \definecolor{panelbackground}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,0.4510}
+ \definecolor{frame}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,0.4510}
+ \if@button
+ \definecolor{button}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
+ \definecolor{pagecounter}{rgb}{.3019,.7216,.7019}
+ \else
+ \definecolor{pagecounter}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
+ \definecolor{button}{rgb}{.3019,.7216,.7019}
+ \fi
+ \definecolor{buttondisable}{gray}{.7}
+% \definecolor{section1}{rgb}{.3019,.7216,.7019}
+% \definecolor{section2}{rgb}{0,.5,.7}
+% \definecolor{section3}{rgb}{0,.5,.4}
+ \definecolor{section1}{rgb}{0,0,.9}
+ \definecolor{section2}{rgb}{0,0.2,.8}
+ \definecolor{section3}{rgb}{0,.5,.5}
+ \definecolor{section4}{rgb}{0,0,0}
+ \definecolor{section5}{rgb}{.5,.5,.3}
+ \definecolor{menucolor}{rgb}{1,.25,0}
+ \definecolor{paleblue}{rgb}{0,0,0.1}
+
+%% titlepagecolors
+ \definecolor{org}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
+ \definecolor{title}{rgb}{0,0,1}
+ \definecolor{author}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
+ \definecolor{address}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
+ \definecolor{notes}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510}
+ \definecolor{url}{rgb}{.1019,.1216,.7019}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% OK, now we have the size.. be careful!
+% 187x270mm is the only realy tested -> for A4 paper.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+ \SlideHeightOverAll{187mm}
+ \SlideWidthOverAll{270mm}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% margins inside the main frame l,r,t,b
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+ \setInsideMargin{6mm}{6mm}{4mm}{6mm}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% size of the panel: width for vertical panel,
+% height for horiz. panel
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+ \panelwidth{26mm}
+ \panelheight{12mm}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% and now ladies and gentlemen ... set them free
+% there is a switch for the logo and for the buttons to put them
+% to every place on the slide!!! Try it ....
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \releasebutton
+\catchbutton
+% \releaselogo
+\catchlogo
+
+% here are the position and the sizes
+
+%\buttonsize(xmaxsize,ymaxsize)(hshift,vshift)
+% hshift and vshift are the distance between the buttons in mm
+\buttonsize(13mm,4mm)(10,10)
+
+%\freebutton(xpos,ypos)[direction]
+% xpos and ypos in mm, direction is h or v
+\freebutton(28,26)[v]
+
+%\freelogo(xpos,ypos)[width]
+% xpos and ypos in mm, width of the logo
+\freelogo(28,25)[2cm]
+
+% and last but not least the pagecounter - switch it off, it is so lonely
+\pagecounter[on] % or [off]
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% put a wallpaper behind the panel ...
+% This feature is absolute alpha and only added to show the
+% possiblities of ifmslide...
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Clip the last slide to lly,llx,urx,ury (see graphicx)
+% \paneltile[on](0,160,200,200){aqua_ravines}
+\paneltile[off](,,,){}% to switch it off
--- /dev/null
+\ProvidesFile{keyreader-guide.cfg}%
+ [2012/01/14 v0.0.3 Configuration file for keyreader-guide (AM)]
+
+\amltxoptions{%
+ geometryoptions = {left=3cm,right=3cm,top=2.5cm,%
+ bottom=2.5cm,includeheadfoot},
+ reviewdocument = false,
+ parindent = false,
+ toc = false,
+ frontpagestyle = empty,
+ pretitleskip = 0ex,
+ posttitleskip = 1ex,
+ presuptitleskip = 0ex,
+ postsuptitleskip = 0ex,
+ presubtitleskip = 0ex,
+ postsubtitleskip = 0ex,
+ natbiboptions = {numbers,sort&compress},
+ cmdcolor = xmagenta1,
+ stylecolor = xgreen1,
+ speccolor = teal,
+ sectionheadcolor = blue
+}
+\fancypagenos[%
+ textalign = center,
+ show-on-page-one = false,
+ show-page-numbers = true,
+ show-headrule = true,
+ show-footrule = false,
+ y-position = -.44\paperheight,
+ x-position = 0,
+ scale = 1,
+ angle = 0,
+ style = \textsc{Page~\thepage~of~\pageref{xwmlastpage}},
+ left-header = The \textcolor{macrocolor}{keyreader} package,
+ right-header = \ttcl{black}{\today}
+]
+
+\newwatermark
+[page=1,fontfamily=phv,fontsize=11pt,fontseries=m,align=center,
+ coordunit=pc,width=.978\paperwidth,angle=0,scale=1,xpos=-.62,ypos=31.2]{%
+ \xwmcolorbox[framesep=5pt,framerule=2pt,fillcolor=white,
+ outerframecolor=Orange,innerframecolor=brown,textalign=justified,
+ width=.978\paperwidth]{%
+ \normalfont\small\color{black}\vspace*{-1ex}%
+ \parbox{.95\paperwidth}{%
+ \vspace*{2ex}%
+ \begin{center}%
+ \sffamily\bfseries
+ \scalebox{4}{The \textcolor{blue}{keyreader} Package\titleref{t1,t2}}%
+ \endgraf\vspace*{1ex}%
+ \scalebox{2}{A robust interface to \pkg'{xkeyval}}%
+ \endgraf\vspace*{1ex}%
+ {\normalsize\normalfont\sffamily
+ \copyright\ Ahmed Musa 2010-\number\year}%
+ \end{center}%
+ \vspace*{2ex}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+\endinput
--- /dev/null
+%% lettrine.cfg: configuration file for lettrine.sty
+%%
+%% If you want to customize lettrine, please *do not* hack into the
+%% code, copy this file to the directory where lettrine.sty lies
+%% and customize it as you like.
+%%
+%% Uncomment these lines and change the parameters' values to fit
+%% your needs (see lettrine.dtx).
+%%
+%%\setcounter{DefaultLines}{2}
+%%
+%% These are *decimal* numbers:
+%%\renewcommand{\DefaultLoversize}{0}
+%%\renewcommand{\DefaultLraise}{0}
+%%\renewcommand{\DefaultLhang}{0}
+%%
+%% These are *lengths* (don't forget the unit):
+%%\setlength{\DefaultFindent}{0pt}
+%%\setlength{\DefaultNindent}{0.5em}
+%%\setlength{\DefaultSlope}{0mm}
+%%
+%% This is a *flag* (value=true/false):
+%%\LettrineImagefalse
+%%
+%% In case you want to set parameters for some letters
+%% in file `optfile.cfl'
+%%\renewcommand{\DefaultOptionsFile}{optfile.cfl}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `lettrine.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+% $Id: ltxdockit.cfg,v 1.2d 2011/03/25 20:33:14 lehman stable $
+
+\ProvidesFile{ltxdockit.cfg}
+[\ltd@rcsid $Id: ltxdockit.cfg,v 1.2d 2011/03/25 20:33:14 lehman stable $
+ ltxdockit configuration (DFSG-free)]
+
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\RequirePackage{lmodern}
+\RequirePackage{helvet}
+\RequirePackage{charter}
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\AtEndPreamble{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{babel}
+ {\iflanguage{american}
+ {\expandafter\initiate@active@char\expandafter{\string"}%
+ \declare@shorthand{american}{"=}{\penalty\@M-\hskip\z@skip}%
+ \addto\extrasamerican{\languageshorthands{american}\bbl@activate{"}}%
+ \addto\noextrasamerican{\bbl@deactivate{"}}}
+ {}}
+ {}}
+\catcode`\"=12
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\tex}{TeX\xspace}
+\newrobustcmd*{\etex}{\mbox{e-TeX}\xspace}
+\newrobustcmd*{\pdftex}{pdf\-\tex}
+\newrobustcmd*{\xetex}{Xe\-\tex}
+\newrobustcmd*{\luatex}{Lua\-\tex}
+\newrobustcmd*{\latex}{La\kern-0.07em TeX\xspace}
+\newrobustcmd*{\pdflatex}{pdf\-\latex}
+\newrobustcmd*{\xelatex}{Xe\-\latex}
+\newrobustcmd*{\lualatex}{Lua\-\latex}
+\newrobustcmd*{\bibtex}{Bib\kern-0.07em TeX\xspace}
+\newrobustcmd*{\lppl}{\latex Project Public License\xspace}
+\newrobustcmd*{\pdf}{\acr{PDF}\xspace}
+\newrobustcmd*{\utf}{\mbox{\acr{UTF}-8}\xspace}
+\newcommand*{\ie}{i.\,e.,\xspace}
+\newcommand*{\eg}{e.\,g.,\xspace}
+
+\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+ \def\tex{TeX\xspace}%
+ \def\etex{e-TeX\xspace}%
+ \def\xetex{XeTeX\xspace}%
+ \def\latex{LaTeX\xspace}%
+ \def\xelatex{XeLaTeX\xspace}%
+ \def\bibtex{BibTeX\xspace}%
+ \def\lppl{LaTeX Project Public License\xspace}%
+ \def\pdf{PDF\xspace}%
+ \def\utf{UTF-8\xspace}%
+ \def\ie{i.e.,\xspace}%
+ \def\eg{e.g.,\xspace}%
+}
+
+% tables
+
+\newcommand*{\tablesetup}{%
+ \let\verbatim@font\displayverbfont
+ \footnotesize}
+
+% layout
+
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{1}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+\AtBeginToc{\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}}
+\AtEndToc{\setcounter{tocdepth}{5}}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{1cm}
+\setlength{\columnsep}{2em}
+\setlength{\multicolsep}{0pt}
+\clubpenalty6000\relax
+\widowpenalty\@M
+
+\renewcommand*{\labelenumi}{\theenumi.}
+\renewcommand*{\labelenumii}{\theenumii)}
+
+\renewcommand*{\verbatimfont}{\ttfamily}
+\renewcommand*{\displayverbfont}{\ttfamily}
+\renewcommand*{\marglistfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\small}
+\renewcommand*{\margnotefont}{\sffamily\small}
+\renewcommand*{\optionlistfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\displayverbfont}
+\renewcommand*{\ltxsyntaxfont}{\ttfamily}
+\renewcommand*{\ltxsyntaxlabelfont}{\spotcolor\displayverbfont}
+\renewcommand*{\changelogfont}{\normalfont}
+\renewcommand*{\changeloglabelfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\bfseries}
+
+% no-ops
+
+\providecommand*{\textln}[1]{#1}
+
+\endinput
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `mlist.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% mlist.dtx (with options: `defaults')
+%%
+%% __________________________________
+%% Copyright (C) 2007 Will Robertson
+%%
+%% License information appended.
+%%
+%%
+\mlistsetup{%
+ sep={,},
+ sepsep={;},
+ wrapcmd=\mlistparen,
+ wrapone={}{},
+ dots=\dots,
+ dot={\,\cdot\,},
+ elemcmd=\mlistelem,
+ headcmd=\mathbf,
+ index={},
+ headhook={},
+}
+\newmlist\vect[
+ wrapcmd=\mlistparen,
+ wraponecmd=\mlistnowrap,
+ elemcmd=\mlistsub,
+ headcmd=\mathbf,
+]
+\newmlist\matr[
+ sep=&,
+ sepsep=\\,
+ wrap={\begin{bmatrix}}
+ {\end{bmatrix}},
+]
+\newmlist\func[
+ headcmd=\mlisthead,
+ wrapcmd=\mlistheadparen,
+ wraponecmd,
+]
+\newmlist\mset[
+ headcmd=\mathbb,
+ sep=\times,
+ wrapcmd=\mlistsup,
+ wraponecmd,
+]
+\newmset\setR{R}
+\newmset\setC{C}
+\newmset\setN{N}
+\newmset\setZ{Z}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2007 by Will Robertson <wspr81@gmail.com>
+%%
+%% Distributable under the LaTeX Project Public License,
+%% version 1.3c or higher (your choice). The latest version of
+%% this license is at: http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status)
+%% by Will Robertson.
+%%
+%% This work consists of the file mlist.dtx
+%% and the derived files mlist.pdf,
+%% mlist.sty,
+%% mlist.cfg, and
+%% mlist.ins.
+%%
+%%
+%% End of file `mlist.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+\ProvidesFile{blogdot.cfg}[2011/10/21 local blogdot.sty config]
+%% (U.L.:) For my 1024$\times$600 screen
+%% (with Mozilla Firefox~3.6.22 for Ubuntu canonical~-~1.0),
+%% the following choice of `\leftpagemargin' worked best
+%% for my goal of 640px type area width.
+%% (Finally it turned out that I needed more.)
+%% When I increased it, actually the left margin shrunk.
+%% I am not an HTML expert. I also tried increasing
+%% body width (and "center" value of @align), in vain.
+\renewcommand*{\leftpagemargin}{176}
+% \renewcommand*{\rightpagemargin}{\leftpagemargin}
+% \renewcommand*{\upperpagemargin}{80}
+%% I prepared my presentation for a screen of
+%% 600px height and tried to confine myself to a
+%% type area height of 440px; a lower margin of 504px would hide
+%% the next "page"/"slide" even on a screen 1024px high:
+% \renewcommand*{\lowerpagemargin}{504}
+% \renewcommand*{\typeareawidth}{640}
+% \renewcommand*{\typeareaheight}{440}
+% \ShowBlogDotBorders
+% \ShowBlogDotFrame
+%% Overall background color:
+% \renewcommand*{\bodybgcolor}{\#ffffff}
+%% Language choices:
+% \input{lang-de.fdf}
+% \input{lang-en.fdf}
+%% ... `blogdot.cfg' may be a good idea for general settings;
+%% recompiling the presentation of a given document source
+%% `<job>.tex' may better be controlled in a file `<job>.cfg' ...
+%%
+%% Open CTAN files: %% 2011/10/21
+% \usemirrorctan
+% \usecurrdirctan
+%% Stop processing this file:
+\endinput
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `nag-abort.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% nag.dtx (with options: `abortnag')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the `nag' package.
+%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained.
+%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz.
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{nag-abort.cfg}
+ [2007/11/10 v0.2 treat complaints as errors (ulmi)]
+\DeclareRobustCommand\nag@warn[1]{%
+ \addtocounter{nag@sins}{1}%
+ \PackageError{nag}{#1}{#1}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\nag@warnNoLine[1]{%
+ \addtocounter{nag@sins}{1}%
+ \PackageError{nag}{#1}{#1}%
+}
+%%X Local Variables:
+%%X mode: latex
+%%X End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `nag-abort.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `nag-experimental.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% nag.dtx (with options: `experimentalnag')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the `nag' package.
+%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained.
+%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz.
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{nag-experimental.cfg}
+ [2009/07/04 v0.62alpha2 experimental additions to nag (ulmi)]
+\long\def\nag@protected@dontwrite#1#2#3%
+ {\write\m@ne{}%
+ \def\nag@line{#3}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\nag@line
+ \PackageInfo{nag}{%
+ \string\nofiles\space in effect.
+ Did not write line \MessageBreak
+ `\nag@line'
+ }%
+ \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}%
+
+\if@filesw
+ \def\nofiles{%
+ \@fileswfalse
+ \typeout{No auxiliary output files.^^J}%
+ \global\let\protected@write=\nag@protected@dontwrite
+ \let\makeindex\relax
+ \let\makeglossary\relax}
+\else
+ % already \nofiles.
+ \global\let\protected@write=\nag@protected@dontwrite
+\fi
+\gdef\ch@ck#1#2#3{%
+ \ifnum\count1#1<#2\else
+ \errhelp{%
+ eTeX has more counters, dimens, etc., maybe
+ that will help.
+ }
+ \errmessage{No room for a new #3}%
+\fi}
+\def\@testdef #1#2#3{%
+ \def\reserved@a{#3}%
+ \expandafter \ifx \csname #1@#2\endcsname\reserved@a
+ \else
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \begingroup
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\reserved@a
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\nag@tmpb\csname #1@#2\endcsname
+ \ifx\nag@tmpb\relax
+ \let\nag@tmpb\@empty
+ \else
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\nag@tmpb
+ \fi
+ \PackageInfo{nag}{%
+ Label `#2' appears to have changed from\MessageBreak
+ `\nag@tmpb'\MessageBreak
+ to `\reserved@a'
+ }%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}
+\let\@xa\expandafter
+\newif\ifnag@dofloatsizecheck
+\newif\ifnag@allfloatpositionsfailed
+\newcommand\nag@allfloatsizechecks{}%
+\newcommand\nag@onefloatsizecheck[2]{%
+ % #1 is size fraction of textheight,
+ % #2 is position to say in warning.
+ \ifdim \ht\@currbox>#1\textheight
+ \@tempdima -#1\textheight
+ \advance \@tempdima \ht\@currbox
+ \PackageInfo{nag}{Float too large for #2 by \the\@tempdima}%
+ % note we do not truncate.
+ % also, it's too late to add "p" now.
+ \else
+ \nag@allfloatpositionsfailedfalse
+ \fi
+}
+\renewcommand\@largefloatcheck{%
+ \ifdim \ht\@currbox>\textheight
+ \@tempdima -\textheight
+ \advance \@tempdima \ht\@currbox
+ \@latex@warning {Float too large for page by \the\@tempdima}%
+ \ht\@currbox \textheight
+ \fi
+ %% the preceding is the original check.
+ \nag@dofloatsizechecktrue
+ \nag@allfloatpositionsfailedtrue
+ \def\nag@allfloatsizechecks{}%
+ \@xa\@xa\@xa\@tfor\@xa\@xa\@xa\nag@fltsz@tmp\@xa\@xa\@xa:\@xa\@xa\@xa=\csname @fps\endcsname\do{%
+ \ifx\nag@fltsz@tmp\relax
+ \nag@dofloatsizecheckfalse
+ \fi
+ \if\nag@fltsz@tmp !
+ \nag@dofloatsizecheckfalse
+ \else
+ \if\nag@fltsz@tmp t
+ \g@addto@macro\nag@allfloatsizechecks
+ {\nag@onefloatsizecheck{\topfraction}{top of page}}%
+ \else
+ \if\nag@fltsz@tmp b
+ \g@addto@macro\nag@allfloatsizechecks
+ {\nag@onefloatsizecheck{\bottomfraction}{bottom of page}}%
+ \else
+ \if\nag@fltsz@tmp p
+ \nag@allfloatpositionsfailedfalse
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \ifnag@dofloatsizecheck
+ \nag@allfloatsizechecks
+ \ifnag@allfloatpositionsfailed
+ \nag@warn{All float specifiers `\@fps' won't work}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\def\@input#1{%
+ \IfFileExists{#1}{\@@input\@filef@und}{%
+ \typeout{No file #1.}
+ \@latex@warning{File `#1' not found}
+ %{The file `#1' was requested but not found }
+ \protected@edef\nag@nofile{File `#1' requested, but not found}%
+ \@xa\AtEndDocument\@xa{%
+ \@xa\@latex@info@no@line\@xa{%
+ \nag@nofile
+ }%
+ }%
+}}%
+\def\@input@#1{\InputIfFileExists{#1}{}{%
+ \typeout{No file #1.}
+ \@latex@warning{File `#1' not found}
+ {The file `#1' was requested but not found }
+ \edef\nag@nofile{File `#1' requested, but not found}%
+ \@xa\AtEndDocument\@xa{%
+ \@xa\@latex@info@no@line\@xa{%
+ \nag@nofile
+ }%
+ }%
+}}%
+%%X Local Variables:
+%%X mode: latex
+%%X End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `nag-experimental.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `nag-l2tabu.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% nag.dtx (with options: `l2tabunag')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the `nag' package.
+%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained.
+%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz.
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{nag-l2tabu.cfg}
+ [2010/05/17 v2.11 l2tabu rules for nag.sty (ulmi)]
+%%
+%% The sins.
+%%
+%% Section numbers refer to l2tabuen 1.7 revised/enlarged dated 2004OCT24
+%% \S 1.1
+\ObsoletePackage{a4wide}{the \lq a4paper\rq\space class option}
+\ObsoletePackage{a4}{the \lq a4paper\rq\space class option}
+%% \S 1.2--1.5 cannot reasonably be checked programmatically
+%% \S 1.6
+\def\nag@doubledollar{$$}%$$
+\def\nag@singledollar{$}%$
+\def\nag@expanding@voodoo#1#2#3{\relax\relax\nag@singledollar}
+
+\def\nag@maybedispmath{%
+ \texorpdfstring{%
+ %% in TeX context, do tricky stuff.
+ \ifinner\expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
+ {%% in inner mode, $$ is an empty formula, so no testing wanted.
+ \nag@singledollar}%
+ {%%
+ \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect\expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
+ {%% normal case: looks like typesetting
+ %% protect against strictly expanding context
+ %% like TeX' \message: the first expanding voodoo will expand,
+ %% removing the rest, inserting \relax\relax$ instead. This is
+ %% not totally transparent, but \let\relax\relax is as close
+ %% to a no-op as we can get.
+ \let\nag@expanding@voodoo\nag@expanding@voodoo
+ \protect\nag@maybe@dispmath}%
+ {%% some other case, hide ourselves
+ \nag@singledollar}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ %% in pdf context, just be a math shift. This creates the "math
+ %% shift not allowed" warnings we all love.
+ \nag@singledollar
+ }%
+}
+\AtBeginDocument{\providecommand\texorpdfstring{\@firstoftwo}}
+\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`$\active}%$
+\AtEndDocument{\catcode`$=3\relax}
+\def\nag@quark{\nag@quark}
+\bgroup
+ \catcode`$\active%$
+ \gdef\nag@maybe@dispmath{%
+ \bgroup
+ \let\@sptoken\nag@quark% prevent skipping of spaces
+ \@ifnextchar${%$%
+ \ifmmode
+ % we already warned upon entering.
+ \else
+ \nag@warn{%
+ \nag@doubledollar...\nag@doubledollar\space is obsolete.\MessageBreak
+ Use \string\[...\string\] et al. instead}%
+ \fi
+ \egroup\expandafter\nag@doubledollar\@gobble
+ }{%
+ \egroup\nag@singledollar
+ }%
+ }
+ % we do the assignment here, which means any package that redefines
+ % \$ as well will silently disable us. This is a feature.
+ \global\let$\nag@maybedispmath%$
+\egroup
+%% new in 2.1alpha1: more compat testing. Version control keywords are dollar-delimited.
+%% all five implementations get it wrong.
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{rcs}{%
+ % this redefinition is functionally equivalent,
+ % but does not share actual code.
+ \renewcommand\RCS{\bgroup%
+ \catcode`\_ =\active
+ \catcode`\$=3 % this line added for compatibility.
+ \csname RCS_get_argument\endcsname
+ }
+ \PackageInfo{nag}{rcs.sty hack applied}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{svninfo}{%
+ \g@addto@macro\@svnBeginRead{\catcode`\$ 3 }%
+ \PackageInfo{nag}{svninfo.sty hack applied}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{svn}{%
+ \PackageInfo{nag}{svn.sty is broken: disabling dollar check}%
+ \catcode`\$ 3
+ }{}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{rcsinfo}{%
+ \PackageInfo{nag}{rcsinfo.sty is broken: disabling dollar check}%
+ \catcode`\$ 3
+ }{}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{pgf}{%
+ \PackageInfo{nag}{pgf.sty is broken: disabling dollar check}%
+ \catcode`\$ 3
+ }{}%
+}
+
+%% \S 1.7 cannot reasonably be checked programmatically
+%% \S 1.8 \sloppy is called by parbox, among others, and would
+%% give many spurious warnings.
+%% \S 2.1.1
+\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{bf}
+ {\protect\bfseries\space or \protect\textbf}
+\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{it}
+ {\protect\itshape\space or \protect\textit}
+\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{rm}
+ {\protect\rmfamily\space or \protect\textrm}
+\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{sc}
+ {\protect\scshape\space or \protect\textsc}
+\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{sf}
+ {\protect\sffamily\space or \protect\textsf}
+\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{sl}
+ {\protect\slshape\space or \protect\textsl}
+\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{tt}
+ {\protect\ttfamily\space or \protect\texttt}
+\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{cal}
+ {\protect\mathcal}% Hmm, this is not in l2tabu?
+%% \S 2.1.2
+%% Gone with 1.8 because this never worked for the kernel \frac anyway.
+%% \ObsoleteCS[TeX]{over}{\protect\frac}
+%% \ObsoleteCS[TeX]{choose}{\protect\frac\space or amsmath's \protect\binom}
+%% \S 2.1.3
+\ObsoleteCS[TeX]{centerline}{\protect\centering\space or center environment}
+%% \S 2.2.1
+\ObsoleteClass{scrlettr}{the scrlttr2 package}
+%% \S 2.2.2
+\ObsoletePackage{epsf}{the graphicx package}
+\ObsoletePackage{psfig}{the graphicx package}
+\ObsoletePackage[deprecated]{epsfig}{the graphicx package directly}
+%% \S 2.2.3
+\ObsoletePackage{doublespace}{the setspace package}
+%% \S 2.2.4
+\ObsoletePackage{fancyheadings}{the fancyhdr or scrpage2 packages}
+\ObsoletePackage{scrpage}{the scrpage2 package}
+%% \S 2.2.5
+\ObsoletePackage{isolatin}{the inputenc package with option latin1}
+\ObsoletePackage{umlaut}{the inputenc package with suitable option
+ (latin1, utf8 ...)}
+\ObsoletePackage{isolatin1}{the inputenc package with option latin1}
+%% \S 2.2.6
+\ObsoletePackage{t1enc}{the fontenc package with option T1}
+%% \S 2.2.7 we don't check for bst yet.
+%% (This is in l2tabu 1.8)
+\ObsoletePackage{caption2}{the caption package v3.0 or later}
+%% \S 2.3.1-3
+\ObsoletePackage{times}
+ {the mathptmx, helvet (option scaled=.9), courier packages}
+\ObsoletePackage{pslatex}
+ {the mathptmx, helvet (option scaled=.9), courier packages}
+\ObsoletePackage{mathptm}
+ {the mathptmx package}
+%% \S 2.3.4-5
+\ObsoletePackage{palatino}
+ {the mathpazo, helvet (option scaled=.95), courier packages}
+\ObsoletePackage{mathpple}{the mathpazo package}
+%% \S 2.3.6 can't be checked
+%% \S 2.3.7
+\ObsoletePackage{euler}{the eulervm package}
+\ObsoletePackage{utopia}{the fourier package}
+%% \S 3.1
+\NagDeclareFloat{figure}\NagDeclareFloat{table}%
+\g@addto@macro\nag@labels{,label,caption@xlabel}%
+\nag@prepend{endcenter}{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined\else
+ \nag@warn{\lq center\rq\space environment in \@captype.\MessageBreak
+ Maybe you want \protect\centering\space instead}%
+ \fi
+}%
+%% The latter two are used by KOMA-Script, the last by hypcap.
+\g@addto@macro\nag@captions{,caption,captionabove,captionbelow,hc@caption,topcaption}%
+
+%% \S 3.2
+\NotAnEnvironment{appendix}%
+%% In the same vein:
+\@for\sectioning:=frontmatter,mainmatter,backmatter\do{%
+ \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\sectioning}%
+}
+%% \S 3.3
+%% It's more trouble than it's worth to have another warning for
+%% align*, since it passes through align.
+\ObsoleteEnv{eqnarray}{amsmath's align}
+%% \S 3.4 -- nothing to be done --
+%%X Local Variables:
+%%X mode: latex
+%%X End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `nag-l2tabu.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `nag-orthodox.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% nag.dtx (with options: `orthodoxnag')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the `nag' package.
+%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained.
+%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz.
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{nag-orthodox.cfg}
+ [2006/04/19 v1.8 strict rules for nag.sty (ulmi)]
+\@for\fontcmd:=tiny,small,footnotesize,normalsize,large,Large,%
+ LARGE,huge,Huge\do{%
+ \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\fontcmd}%
+}%
+\@for\fontcmd:=sffamily,rmfamily,ttfamily,%
+ bfseries,mdseries,scshape,%
+ itshape,upshape\do{%
+ \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\fontcmd}%
+}%
+\@for\justsw:=centering,raggedleft,raggedright,%
+ RaggedLeft,RaggedRight\do{%
+ \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\justsw}%
+}
+\@for\justenv:=center,flushleft,flushright\do{%
+ \expandafter\NotASwitch\expandafter{\justenv}%
+}
+%%X Local Variables:
+%%X mode: latex
+%%X End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `nag-orthodox.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+\ProvidesFile{makedoc.cfg}[2012/05/10 documentation settings]
+
+\author{Uwe L\"uck\thanks{\url{http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu}}}
+% \author{Uwe L\"uck---{\tt http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu}}
+
+%% hyperref:
+\RequirePackage{ifpdf}
+\usepackage[%
+ \ifpdf
+% bookmarks=false, %% 2010/12/22
+% bookmarksnumbered,
+ bookmarksopen, %% 2011/01/24!?
+ bookmarksopenlevel=2, %% 2011/01/23
+% pdfpagemode=UseNone,
+% pdfstartpage=10,
+% pdfstartview=FitH,
+ pdfstartview=0 0 100, %% 2011/08/22
+ pdffitwindow=true, %% 2011/08/22
+ citebordercolor={ .6 1 .6},
+ filebordercolor={1 .6 1},
+ linkbordercolor={1 .9 .7},
+ urlbordercolor={ .7 1 1}, %% playing 2011/01/24
+ \else
+ draft
+ \fi
+]{hyperref}
+%% metadata, |\MDkeywords|, |\MDkeywordsstring|, |\printMDkeywords|
+%% 2011/08/22:
+\makeatletter
+ \newcommand*{\MDkeywords}[1]{%
+ \gdef\MDkeywordsstring{#1}%
+ \hypersetup{pdfkeywords=\MDkeywordsstring}%% TODO!?
+ }
+ \@onlypreamble\MDkeywords
+ \newcommand*{\MDaddtoabstract}[1]{% %% 2012/05/10
+ \par\smallskip\noindent
+ \strong{#1:}\quad\ignorespaces}
+ \newcommand*{\printMDkeywords}{%
+ \MDaddtoabstract{Keywords}%
+ \MDkeywordsstring
+ \global\let\MDkeywordsstring\relax
+ }
+ \newenvironment{MDabstract}
+ {\abstract\noindent
+ \hspace{1sp}%% for niceverb
+ \ignorespaces}
+ {\@ifundefined{MDkeywordsstring}%
+ {}%
+ {\printMDkeywords}%
+ \endabstract}
+\makeatother
+\hypersetup{%
+ pdfauthor={Uwe L\374ck}%
+}
+
+\RequirePackage{niceverb}[2011/01/24]
+\RequirePackage{readprov} %% 2010/12/08
+\RequirePackage{hypertoc} %% 2011/01/23
+\RequirePackage{texlinks} %% 2011/01/24
+\RequirePackage{relsize} %% 2011/06/27
+\RequirePackage{color} %% 2011/08/06
+\makeatletter
+ \@ifdefinable{strong}
+ {\let\strong\textbf} %% 2011/01/24
+ \@ifdefinable{file}
+ {\let\file\texttt} %% 2011/05/23
+ \@ifdefinable{acro}
+ {\let\acro\textsmaller} %% 2011/05/23
+ \@ifdefinable{\meta}
+ {\let\meta\textit} %% 2011/07/22
+ \@ifdefinable{\pkg} %% corr. 2011/11/20
+ {\let\pkg\textsf} %% 2011/11/09
+ \@ifdefinable{\code}
+ {\let\code\texttt} %% 2011/11/20
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+ \let\acro\textrm
+ \let\file\textrm %% 2011/11/09
+ \let\code\textrm %% 2011/11/20
+ \let\pkg \textrm %% 2012/03/23
+ }
+ \fi
+ %% TODO 2011/07/22 -> `htlogml.sty'
+\makeatother
+
+\errorcontextlines=4
+\pagestyle{headings}
+
+\endinput
+
--- /dev/null
+\ProvidesFile{mdoccorr.cfg}[2011/12/03 %% 2012/05/10 shorter:
+ makedoc local typographical corrections]
+%% ... also demonstrates 'niceverb.sty'---see the typeset
+%% documentation of the present file in `makedoc.pdf'.
+%%
+%% |\SetPatternCodes{<commands>}| redefines
+%% `\PatternCodes' to be used in parsing and replacing
+%% (some ``sanitizing"). %% improved line breaks 2010/03/29
+\SetPatternCodes{\MakeOther\\\MakeOther\ }
+%% |\StartPrependingChain| initializes setup of a replacement
+%% chain:
+\StartPrependingChain
+%% |\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{<find>}{<subst>}|:
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{etc. }{etc.\ }
+%% ... you can keep inter-sentence space after `etc.'
+%% by a code line break.
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{Cf. }{Cf.\ } %% 2011/01/12
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{cf. }{cf.\ } %% corr. 2010/03/23
+%% ... but think of `cf.~'. Don't leave `cf.' at code line end!
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{->}{$\to$} %% 2010/11/06
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{<-}{$\gets$} %% 2010/11/06
+% \PrependExpandableAllReplacer{...}{...}{$\dots$}
+%% Allow extra space at line end (bug fix `{}' 2011/12/03):
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{...}{\textellipsis\unkern{}}
+%% 2011/10/13: original `\dots' correct before punctuation:
+% \PrependExpandableAllReplacer{dots,}{...,}{\dots,}
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{...)}{\dots)} %% 2011/10/25
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{...:}{\dots:}
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{... }{\textellipsis\unkern\ }
+\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{TODO}{\textcolor{blue}{TODO}}
+%% ... chain starts here, and here |\MakeDocCorrectHook| (silently)
+%% enters through a default variant |\SetCorrectHookJobLast|
+%% of |\SetCorrectHookJob{<id>}|:
+\SetCorrectHookJobLast
+%% |\ResetPatternCodes| resets `\PatternCodes' to their default
+%% value (which is `\fdPatternCodes'):
+\ResetPatternCodes
+%% ... restores 'fifinddo' default.
+\endinput
+
+HISTORY
+2009/04/05 with makedoc v0.2
+2010/03/11 broke some too long code lines
+2010/03/16 rendered `mdoccorr.cfg'
+2010/03/22 try \Prepend...
+2010/03/23 corrected `cf'
+2010/03/29 use \SetPatternCodes etc.
+2010/11/06 <- and ->
+2010/11/24 `...' ``symmetric variant" of `\textellipsis';
+ \StartPrependingChain, no more \MakeExpandableAllreplacer
+2011/01/27 blue "TODO"
+2011/09/13 \providecommand for dialogues
+2011/10/13 \MDtwodots, without \PXAR, `...,' `...:'
+2011/10/25 \textellipsis\unkern from csquotes instead, `...)'
+2011/11/13 \PrependExpandableAllReplacer*
+2011/12/03 bug fix for 2011/10/25 at line ends
--- /dev/null
+\ProvidesFile{atari.cfg}[2011/09/13 sample for copyfile.tex]
+\catcode`\_=11
+\InputFile{atari.txt}
+\TextCodesFile{atari.fdf}
+\ResultFile{iso.txt}
+\endinput
--- /dev/null
+\ProvidesFile{copyfile.cfg}[2011/09/13 initializing copyfile.tex]
+\catcode`\_=11
+\InputFile{lines.txt}
+\TextCodesFile{}
+\ResultFile{lns.txt}
+\endinput
--- /dev/null
+\ProvidesFile{fdtxttex.cfg}[2011/09/13 initializing fdtxttex.tex]
+\JobName{sample}
+\InputExtension{txt}
+\OutputExtension{tex}
+\CorrectionFile{mdoccorr.cfg}
+\FileHeader{\protect\WriteProvides}
+\FileFooter{}
+\ShowLines{false}
+\endinput
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `sample01.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample01')
+%%
+%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman
+%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl
+%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl
+%%
+%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\RequirePackage{ifthen}
+\renewcommand{\nomgroup}[1]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{R}}{\item[\textbf{Variables}]}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{G}}{\item[\textbf{Constants}]}{}}}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `sample01.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `sample02.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample02')
+%%
+%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman
+%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl
+%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl
+%%
+%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\newcommand{\nomunit}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand{\nomentryend}{\hspace*{\fill}#1}}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `sample02.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `sample04.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample04')
+%%
+%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman
+%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl
+%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl
+%%
+%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\def\makenomenclature{%
+ \newwrite\@nomenclaturefile
+ \immediate\openout\@nomenclaturefile=\jobname\@outputfileextension
+ \def\@nomenclature{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@@@@nomenclature}{\@@@@nomenclature[\nomprefix]}}%
+ \typeout{Writing nomenclature file \jobname\@outputfileextension}%
+ \let\makenomenclature\@empty}
+\def\@@@@nomenclature[#1]#2#3{%
+ \protected@write\@nomenclaturefile{}%
+ {\string\nomenclatureentry{#1#2@[{#2}]%
+ \begingroup#3\protect\nomeqref{\theequation}%
+ |nompageref}{\thepage}}}%
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `sample04.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `sample05.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample05')
+%%
+%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman
+%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl
+%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl
+%%
+%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\def\@@@nomenclature[#1]#2#3{%
+ \def\@tempa{#2}\def\@tempb{#3}%
+ \protected@write\@nomenclaturefile{}%
+ {\string\nomenclatureentry{#1\nom@verb\@tempa @[{\nom@verb\@tempa}]%
+ |nompageref{\begingroup\nom@verb\@tempb\protect\nomeqref{\theequation}}}%
+ {\thepage}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \@esphack}
+\def\nompageref#1#2{%
+ \if@printpageref\pagedeclaration{#2}\else\null\fi
+ \linebreak#1\nomentryend\endgroup}
+\def\pagedeclaration#1{\dotfill\nobreakspace#1}
+\def\nomentryend{.}
+\def\nomlabel#1{\textbf{#1}\hfil}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `sample05.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+\ProvidesFile{pagerange-guide.cfg}%
+ [2010/02/03 v0.5 Configuration file for pagerange-guide.tex (A.Musa)]
+\makeatletter
+\usepackage[scaled=0.9]{helvet}
+\usepackage{xspace}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage{shortvrb}
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\usepackage{parskip}
+\usepackage{paralist}
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\usepackage{tabularx}
+\usepackage{ltablex}
+\keepXColumns
+\usepackage[draft,allpages]{draftmark}
+\draftmarksetup{mark={\color{red}\framebox[22.2cm][c]{}\\[15.4cm]
+ \color{red}\framebox[22.2cm][c]{}},angle=90,scale=1,
+ xcoord=-.2,ycoord=-1.5}
+\ifx\pagerange\relax\usepackage[acceptempty]{pagerange}\fi
+\ifx\lastpage\relax\usepackage{lastpage}\fi
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\hypersetup{colorlinks=true,linkcolor=red,pdfpagemode=UseThumbs,
+ implicit=true,breaklinks=true,citecolor=purple,pdfview=FitH,
+ pdfstartview=FitH}
+\CustomVerbatimEnvironment{pverbatim}{Verbatim}{numbers=left,
+ numberblanklines=false,firstnumber=last,frame=single,rulecolor=\color{yellow},
+ framerule=2pt,framesep=2pt, fillcolor=\color{magenta},formatcom=\color{blue},
+ xrightmargin=-0pc,commandchars=\|\(\),commentchar=\&}
+\def\ie{\@ifnextchar.{i.e}{i.e.}\xspace}
+\def\eg{\@ifnextchar.{e.g}{e.g.}\xspace}
+\def\etc{\@ifnextchar.{etc}{etc.}\xspace}
+\providecommand*\email[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{#1}}
+\newcommand*\pgtxtt{\fontfamily{txtt}\selectfont\scshape\color{brown}}
+\fancyhf{}
+\fancyhfoffset[R,L]{\dimexpr\marginparsep+\marginparwidth\relax}
+\lhead{\pgtxtt The \texttt{\textcolor{blue}{pagerange}} Package}
+\rhead{\pgtxtt Page~\thepage~of~\pageref*{LastPage}}
+\renewcommand\headrule{\color{blue}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\relax
+ \vspace{2pt}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\vspace{-2pt}}
+\renewcommand\footrule{\color{blue}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\relax
+ \vspace{2pt}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\vspace{2pt}}
+\date{\textcolor{purple}{\today}\vadjust{\kern1ex\hrule}}
+\newcounter{examplecnt}[section]
+\newcommand*\pgexample[1]{%
+ \refstepcounter{examplecnt}%
+ \endgraf\vspace*{0.5\baselineskip}%
+ \textbf{\textcolor{purple}{Example~\thesection.\theexamplecnt\enspace}#1}%
+ \endgraf\nobreak\@nobreakfalse
+}
+\providecommand*\space{ }
+\definecolor{xgreen}{rgb}{0.00,0.59,0.00}
+\@ifdefinable\pgresult{\def\pgresult#1{\textcolor{xgreen}{#1}}}
+\newcommand*\La{\leavevmode L\raise.42ex\hbox{\footnotesize\kern-.35em A}}
+\newcommand*\TeXorLaTeX{\hbox{(\/\La\kern-.15em\/)\kern-.1em\TeX}}
+\newcommand*\texorlatex{\TeXorLaTeX\xspace}
+
+\endinput
+
+%%% End of file pagerange-guide.cfg %%%
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% pdfslide.cfg
+%%
+%%
+%%
+%% ------- attributes for section heads ------
+%%
+\chapnumfont={\large\rmfamily\scshape\color{orange}}
+ \chapfont={\Huge\rmfamily\color{orange}}
+ \secfont={\Large\rmfamily\bfseries}
+ \ssecfont={\large\rmfamily\bfseries}
+ \sssecfont={\normalsize\bfseries}
+ \parafont ={\normalfont\sffamily}
+ \def\capfont{\@setfontsize\capfont{40}{40}\sffamily\color{white}}
+ \def\titlefont{\@setfontsize\titlefont{24}{26}\color{dm}\rmfamily\bfseries}
+ \def\authorfont{\@setfontsize\authorfont{17.28}{18}\rmfamily\color{dm}}
+ \def\addressfont{\@setfontsize\addressfont{12}{14}\sffamily\color{dm}}
+ \def\rcdfont{\@setfontsize\rcdfont{10}{12}\sffamily\color{white}}
+ \def\numfont{\@setfontsize\rcdfont{8}{7}\sffamily\color{white}}
+ \headskip=24pt % skip above the section heading. can be changed at any page.
+%%
+%% ------- various colors ---------
+%%
+ \definecolor{panelbackground}{rgb}{1,.549,0}
+ \definecolor{button}{rgb}{0,0,.8} % button color
+ \definecolor{buttondisable}{gray}{.7}% button color when disabled
+ \definecolor{buttonbackground}{rgb}{0,.624,.820}%button background in ams option
+ \definecolor{buttonshadow}{rgb}{.001,0,.502}% button shadow in ams option
+ \definecolor{orange}{rgb}{1,.549,0}
+ \definecolor{section0}{rgb}{0,.5,.1} % for chapter
+ \definecolor{section1}{rgb}{0,.5,1} % for section
+ \definecolor{section2}{rgb}{0,.5,.5} % for subsection
+ \definecolor{section3}{rgb}{0,.5,.4} % for subsubsection
+ \definecolor{section4}{rgb}{.4,.5,.2}% for paragraph
+ \definecolor{section5}{rgb}{.5,.5,.3}% for subparagraph
+%%
+%%-------- button text -----------
+%%
+ \Panelgobackname{Back}
+ \Panelclosename{Close}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% end of file `pdfslide.cfg'
+%%
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+% pdfwin.cfg
+%
+% this file is read by pdfwin.sty
+% if you want to modify pdfwin's default behavior, you should do it here.
+%
+% EOF
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `pict2e-example.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% p2e-drivers.dtx (with options: `cfg')
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2008, 2009, 2011
+%% Rolf Niepraschk, Rolf.Niepraschk@ptb.de
+%% Hubert Gaesslein, HubertJG@open.mind.de
+%% Josef Tkadlec, j.tkadlec@email.cz
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% This work consists of all files listed in `manifest.txt'.
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{pict2e.cfg}%
+ [2011/04/05 v0.1t
+ pict2e configuration for teTeX/TeXLive]
+%% Select an appropriate default driver.
+\begingroup
+ \chardef\x=0 %
+ % check pdfTeX
+ \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{%
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \else
+ \chardef\x=1 %
+ \fi
+ }%
+ % check VTeX
+ \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{%
+ \chardef\x=2 %
+ }%
+ % check XeTeX
+ \@ifundefined{XeTeXrevision}{}{%
+ \chardef\x=3 %
+ }%
+\expandafter\endgroup
+\ifcase\x
+ % default case
+ \ExecuteOptions{dvips}%
+\or
+ % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode
+ \ExecuteOptions{pdftex}%
+\or
+ % VTeX is running
+ \ExecuteOptions{vtex}%
+\else
+ % XeTeX is running
+ \ExecuteOptions{xetex}%
+\fi
+%% \ExecuteOptions{pstarrows}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `pict2e-example.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+
+% The following macro forces the generation of the description part of the
+% documentation only. If it is deactivated (with a leading %) the whole
+% description including the implementation is enabled.
+
+%\OnlyDescription
+
+% The following instruction forces the use of A4 size paper
+% (even in LaTeX2.09).
+% You need to have the style option dina4 for this to work.
+
+\usepackage{dina4}
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `polyglot.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% polyglot.dtx (with options: `config')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from polyglot.cfg.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file polyglot.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+
+\def\fileversion{1.1}
+\def\filedate{September 1, 1997}
+\def\docdate{September 1, 1997}
+
+
+\SetPatterns{english}{0}
+
+\LoadLanguage{english}{english}{}
+\LoadLanguage{american}[english]{english}{}
+\LoadLanguage{french}{english}{}
+\LoadLanguage{german}{english}{}
+\LoadLanguage{austrian}[german]{english}{}
+\LoadLanguage{spanish}{english}{}
+\LoadLanguage{hebrew}[r_hebrew]{english}{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `polyglot.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `prauctex.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preview.dtx (with options: `auccfg')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from prauctex.cfg.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents.
+%% Developed as part of AUCTeX <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex>.
+\PreviewMacro*[[][#1{}]\footnote
+\PreviewMacro*[?[{@{[]}}{}][#1]\item
+\PreviewMacro*\emph
+\PreviewMacro*\textrm
+\PreviewMacro*\textit
+\PreviewMacro*\textsc
+\PreviewMacro*\textsf
+\PreviewMacro*\textsl
+\PreviewMacro*\texttt
+\PreviewMacro*\textcolor
+\PreviewMacro*\mbox
+\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\author
+\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\title
+\PreviewMacro*\and
+\PreviewMacro*\thanks
+\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\caption
+\preview@delay{\@ifundefined{pr@\string\@startsection}{%
+ \PreviewMacro*[!!!!!!*][#1{}]\@startsection}{}}
+\preview@delay{\@ifundefined{pr@\string\chapter}{%
+ \PreviewMacro*[*][#1{}]\chapter}{}}
+\PreviewMacro*\index
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `prauctex.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `psfragx.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% psfragx.dtx (with options: `cfg,version')
+%%
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2003-2012 Pascal Kockaert
+%% Pascal.Kockaert ad ulb.ac.be
+%% Note that ''ad´´ is often replaced by the ''@´´ sign.
+%% ----------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% This package may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{psfragx.cfg}
+ [2012/05/02 v1.1 psfragx (Pascal Kockaert)]
+\newcommand{\providecolorcommands}
+ {\def\pfx@gobble@two##1##2{\typeout{Some psfragx
+ replacement would appear
+ in color ##1{##2}
+ if the color package was
+ loaded!!!}}%
+ \def\pfx@gobble@three@fbox##1##2##3{\typeout{Some psfragx
+ replacement would
+ appear
+ in color ##1{##2}
+ and others
+ in color ##1{##3}
+ if the color package
+ was loaded!!!}%
+ \fbox}%
+ \def\pfx@fm@to@mm##1##2##{\csname ##1\endcsname{##2}}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname textcolor\endcsname\relax
+ \def\textcolor{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@two}}\fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname color\endcsname\relax
+ \def\color{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@two}}\fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname colorbox\endcsname\relax
+ \def\colorbox{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@two}}\fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname fcolorbox\endcsname\relax
+ \def\fcolorbox{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@three@fbox}}\fi
+ }
+\def\Beforepfxinput{\providecolorcommands}
+\def\Afterpfxinput{}
+\def\Beforeovpinput{\providecolorcommands}
+\def\Afterovpinput{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `psfragx.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `rcsinfo.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% rcsinfo.dtx (with options: `header,config')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from rcsinfo.cfg.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file rcsinfo.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% `rcsinfo' package to use with LaTeX2e.
+%%
+%% This package is used to extract the revision and file information provided
+%% by the RCS revision control system.
+%% A PERL-package supporting rcsinfo and LaTeX2HTML is provieded too.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1995 Dr. Juergen Vollmer
+%% Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany
+%% Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+%% License:
+%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+%% version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+%%
+%% If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard.
+%%
+%% $Id: rcsinfo.dtx,v 1.7 2005/02/25 08:37:03 vollmer draft vollmer $
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% \CheckSum{397}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+
+\ExecuteOptions{fancyhdr}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `rcsinfo.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `refstyle.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% refconfig.dtx (with options: `cfg')
+%%
+%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% The refstyle package
+%% for the formatting of references
+%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% This file may be customized to suit specific user requirements.
+%%
+%% Original by Danie Els <dnjels@sun.ac.za>
+%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+\ProvidesFile{refstyle.cfg}[2010/11/02\space
+ 0.5\space
+ Configuration file for refstyle (DNJ Els)]
+%%-- ENGLISH ------------------------------------
+\newcommand\RSukenglish{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%........... Range: figures 5 to 6
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%....... List two: figures 5 and 6
+ \def\RSlsttxt{, and~}%............... List more: figures 5, 6, and 7
+ \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%............... Part lowercase singular
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%............. lowercase plural
+ \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%...... Appendix lowercase singular
+ \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%.. lowercase plural
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%...... uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%.. uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%........ Chapter lowercase singular
+ \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%...... lowercase plural
+ \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%........ uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%...... uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSsectxt{section~}%............. Section lowercase singular
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%........... lowercase plural
+ \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%............. Equation lowercase singular
+ \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%........... lowercase plural
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%.............. Figure lowercase singular
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%............ lowercase plural
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%.............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%............ uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RStabtxt{table~}%............... Table lowercase singular
+ \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%............. lowercase plural
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%.......... Footnote lowercase singular
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%........ lowercase plural
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%.......... uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%........ uppercase plural (sentence start)
+}
+\newcommand\RSenglish{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space and~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{table~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%
+}
+\RSenglish% Default
+\DeclareLangOpt{english}{\RSenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{USenglish}{\RSenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{american}{\RSenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{canadian}{\RSenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{UKenglish}{\RSukenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{british}{\RSukenglish}
+%%-- AFRIKAANS ----------------------------------
+\newcommand\RSafrikaans{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space tot~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space en~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space en~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Deel~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Dele~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Deel~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Dele~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{bylae~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{bylaes~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Bylae~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Bylaes~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{hoofstuk~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{hoofstukke~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Hoofstuk~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Hoofstukke~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{afdeling~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{afdelings~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Afdeling~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Afdelings~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{vergelyking~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{vergelykings~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Vergelyking~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Vergelyking~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figuur~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figure~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figuur~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figure~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{footnota~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotas~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Footnota~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotas~}%
+}
+\DeclareLangOpt{afrikaans}{\RSafrikaans}
+%%-- DANISH -------------------------------------
+\newcommand\RSdanish{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{bilag~}% % 'appendiks' is also possible,
+ \def\RSappendicesname{bilag~}% % but 'bilag' is used in Babel
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Bilag~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Bilag~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{afsnit~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{afsnit~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Afsnit~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Afsnit~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{ligning~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{ligning~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Ligning~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Ligning~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tablel~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabel~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{fodnote~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{fodnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Fodnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Fodnote~}%
+}
+\DeclareLangOpt{danish}{\RSdanish}
+%%-- FRENCH -------------------------------------
+\newcommand\RSfrench{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space \`{a}~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space et~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space et~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{partie~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{parties~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{La partie~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Les parties~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{appendice~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{L'appendice~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Les appendices~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{chapitre~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{chapitres~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Le chapitre~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Les chapitres~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{La section~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Les sections~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{\'{e}quation~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{\'{e}quations~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{L'\'{e}quation~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Les \'{e}quations~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{La figure~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Les figures~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tableau~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tableaux~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Le tableau~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Les tableaux~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{note~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{notes~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{La note~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Les notes~}%
+}
+\DeclareLangOpt{french}{\RSfrench}
+%%-- GERMAN -------------------------------------
+\newcommand\RSgerman{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space bis~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space und~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space und~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Teil~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Teile~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Teil~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Teile~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{Anhang~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Anhang~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{Abschnitt~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Abschnitt~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{Gleichung~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Gleichung~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{Abbildung~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{Abbildung~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Abbildung~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Abbildung~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{Tabelle~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{Tabellen~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabellen~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
+}
+\DeclareLangOpt{german}{\RSgerman}
+\DeclareLangOpt{ngerman}{\RSgerman}
+\DeclareLangOpt{austrian}{\RSgerman}
+\DeclareLangOpt{naustrian}{\RSgerman}
+%%-- ITALIAN ------------------------------------
+\newcommand\RSitalian{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{--}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Parti~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Parti~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{l'appendice~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{le appendici~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{l'Appendice~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{le Appendici~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{il capitolo~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{i capitoli~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{il Capitolo~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{i Capitoli~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{la sezione~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{le sezioni~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{la Sezione~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{la Sezioni~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{l'equazione~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{le equazioni~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{l'Equazione~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{le Equazioni~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{la figura~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{le figure~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{la Figura~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{le Figure~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{la tabella~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{le tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{la Tabella~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{le Tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{la nota~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{le note~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{la Nota~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{le Note~}%
+}
+\DeclareLangOpt{italian}{\RSitalian}
+%%-- NORWEGIAN -------------------------------------
+\newcommand\RSnorwegian{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{tillegg~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{tillegg~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Tillegg~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Tillegg~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{kapittel~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{kapittel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Kapittel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Kapittel~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{avsnitt~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{avsnitt~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Avsnitt~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Avsnitt~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{formel~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{formel~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Formel~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Formel~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{fotnote~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnote~}%
+}
+\DeclareLangOpt{norwegian}{\RSnorwegian}
+\DeclareLangOpt{nynorsk}{\RSnorwegian}
+\DeclareLangOpt{bokmal}{\RSnorwegian}% Not in babel yet
+\DeclareLangOpt{norsk}{\RSnorwegian}
+%%-- PORTUGUESE -----------------------------------
+\newcommand\RSportuguese{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
+}
+\newcommand\RSbrazilian{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
+ \def\RSSectxt{Sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
+ \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
+}
+\DeclareLangOpt{portuges}{\RSportuguese}
+\DeclareLangOpt{portuguese}{\RSportuguese}
+\DeclareLangOpt{brazilian}{\RSbrazilian}
+\DeclareLangOpt{brazil}{\RSbrazilian}
+%%-- SWEDISH ------------------------------------
+\newcommand\RSswedish{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space till~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space och~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space och~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{appendix~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendix~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{sektion~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sektion~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Sektion~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Sektion~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{ekvation~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{ekvation~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Ekvation~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Ekvation~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{fotnot~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnot~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnot~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnot~}%
+}
+\DeclareLangOpt{swedish}{\RSswedish}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR PARTS -------------------------
+ \newref{part}{%
+ name = \RSparttxt,
+ names = \RSpartstxt,
+ Name = \RSPparttxt,
+ Names = \RSPartstxt,
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR CHAPTERS & APPENDIXES ---------
+\providecommand*{\p@chapter}{}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \RS@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
+ \RS@ifundefined{@chapapp}%
+ {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\chaptername}}}%AMS
+ {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\@chapapp}}}% Normal
+ }%
+ }
+\newcommand*{\chpname}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\RS@chpname}[1]{%
+ \ifRSnameon
+ \edef\RS@tmpa{#1}%
+ \edef\RS@tmpb{\appendixname}%
+ \ifx\RS@tmpa\RS@tmpb\relax%
+ \ifRSplural
+ \ifRScapname \RSAppendicesname \else \RSappendicesname \fi
+ \else
+ \ifRScapname \RSAppendixname \else \RSappendixname \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifRSplural
+ \ifRScapname \RSChaptersname \else \RSchaptersname \fi
+ \else
+ \ifRScapname \RSChaptername \else \RSchaptername \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+ \newref{chap}{%
+ refcmd = {{\let\chpname=\RS@chpname\ref{#1}}},
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR SECTIONS ----------------------
+ \newref{sec}{%
+ name = \RSsectxt,
+ names = \RSsecstxt,
+ Name = \RSSectxt,
+ Names = \RSSecstxt,
+ refcmd = {\S\ref{#1}},
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR EQUATIONS ---------------------
+\newcommand*{\RSeqrefform}[1]{\textup{(\ref{#1})}}
+\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
+ {\let\AMSeqref\eqref
+ \let\eqref\relax}%
+ {}
+\newref{eq}{%
+ name = \RSeqtxt,
+ names = \RSeqstxt,
+ Name = \RSEqtxt,
+ Names = \RSEqstxt,
+ refcmd = \RSeqrefform{#1},
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+\let\RSeqref\eqref
+\let\eqref\relax
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
+ {\RS@ifundefined{AMSeqref}{\let\AMSeqref\eqref}{}%
+ \let\RSeqrefform\AMSeqref}%
+ {}%
+ \let\eqref=\RSeqref
+ }
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FIGURES -----------------------
+ \newref{fig}{%
+ name = \RSfigtxt,
+ names = \RSfigstxt,
+ Name = \RSFigtxt,
+ Names = \RSFigstxt,
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR TABLES ------------------------
+ \newref{tab}{%
+ name = \RStabtxt,
+ names = \RStabstxt,
+ Name = \RSTabtxt,
+ Names = \RSTabstxt,
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FOOTNOTES ---------------------
+ \newcommand{\RSfnmark}[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\ref{#1}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \@footnotemark}
+ \newref{fn}{%
+ name = \RSfootntxt,
+ names = \RSfootnstxt,
+ Name = \RSFootntxt,
+ Names = \RSFootnstxt,
+ refcmd = {\ifRSstar\RSfnmark{#1}\else(\ref{#1})\fi},
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `refstyle.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%% File rmpgen.cfg 10/10/97
+%% derived from:
+%% File rmplocal.cfg 11/9/96
+%% File rmpagelocal.cfg 23/8/96
+%%
+%% Copyright 1996 and 1997 R.J.M. McDonnell
+%% email: rebecca@astrid.u-net.com
+%%
+%% Before modifying this file, you might like to make a back-up copy.
+%%
+%% This file is meant to be modified at each installation. So that
+%% you don't end up with a mess that's hideously incompatible with
+%% other installations and versions of the rmpage package, do this:
+%% when you change this file, add a comment on the top line identifying
+%% it as yours, and change the comment after the version number to do
+%% the same thing (e.g., [1923/09/17 v0.carrot Gertrude Stein's config
+%% file for the rmpage package]).
+%%
+%% Please don't make any other changes above the line: `LOCAL CODE BELOW
+%% HERE PLEASE', aside from commenting out or uncommenting whole
+%% options; you're best off not deleting them, honest.
+%%
+%% My current idea is that the contents of this file below the `LOCAL
+%% CODE BELOW HERE PLEASE' line can be cut and pasted wholesale into
+%% a later version of this file; the code that's there is my local
+%% configuration code, and I expect that its only use to you is as
+%% examples. My intention is that future versions of this file won't
+%% have essential code below the line `LOCAL CODE BELOW HERE PLEASE'
+%% either.
+%%
+%% I suggest the first thing you do is hunt down the \ExecuteOptions
+%% statements and change them to whatever you think suits you best.
+%%
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]
+\ProvidesFile{rmpgen.cfg}[1997/10/10 v1.0 general configuration file
+for the rmpage package.]
+%
+% 1997/10/10 v1.0 Made this the first released version of rmpgen.cfg
+% 1996/11/01 v0.36 Changed the typesetting tightness the loadpsfount
+% options change to (now looseish).
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.90.sty
+% 1996/11/01 v0.35 Played about with ltxdoc stuff. Still no joy.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.89.2.sty
+% 1996/10/31 v0.34 Added the three beton options, just after the
+% loadfount stuff. Belongs here because not everyone uses the
+% concrete founts.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.89.sty
+% 1996/10/29 v0.33 Put \RM@notinexecuteoptions back in t@uch options;
+% put ljmeepex options into class file. Perhaps change rmpage so
+% t@uch options can be used; tricky.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.88.sty
+% 1996/10/28 v0.32 Added \RM@AfterInitialTextwidthSetting hook;
+% added book class default options
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.88.sty
+% 1996/10/28 v0.31 Added foils defaults.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.87.sty
+% 1996/10/25 v0.30 Added stuff about \RM@LocalClassReport hook.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.85.sty
+% 1996/10/25 v0.29 Changed nastydate option to othernicedate. :-).
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.84.1.sty
+% 1996/10/21 v0.28 Changed slides options a bit; rmpwslid.pko is now
+% used.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.84.sty
+% 1996/10/21 v0.27 Uncommented another t@uchoption; allowed all t@uch
+% options in \ExecuteOptions; added support for ljmeepex class
+% (options are declared here, and it's given the same number as
+% ljmueepexam. Is Bill Gates the Antichrist?)
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.83.sty
+% 1996/10/19 v0.26 Added ringbinding option which uses new
+% \RM@DefLengthAtLeast command. Changed bithesis settings to use
+% this command to define minmargins.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.83.sty
+% 1996/10/17 v0.25 Changed loadpsfount stuff to use new command to
+% set looseness, which requests sloppiest \if@twocolum.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.82.sty
+% 1996/10/14 v0.24 Added errorshow, warningshow, infoshow, and debugshow
+% options (asleep); these are used by tracefnt---someone might
+% like them.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty
+% 1996/10/09 v0.23 Confirmed lj4printer limits by measuring MS works
+% output. Not great, but it'll do for now.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty
+% 1996/10/06 v0.22 Fixed loadbookman option
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty
+% 1996/10/04 v0.21 Changed an errant \RM@ocltype to \RM@ocl
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty
+% 1996/10/01 v0.20 Changed loadconcrete option so it uses the beton
+% package; goes with changes in rmpage. Changed generalprinter so
+% it works with HP inkjets.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.sty
+% 1996/09/30 v0.19.1 Changed c76paper option to c7/6paper; binned a
+% redundant asleepoption.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.80.1.sty
+% 1996/09/29 v0.19 replaced smallbase things with normalbase things.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.80.sty
+% 1996/09/28 v0.18 added noheaders and notstdmargins to default
+% \ExecuteOptions; to counteract changed default flag settings.
+% 1996/09/27 v0.17 Downcased the RA and SRA paper size names; changed
+% luccasua to lucasual.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.78.sty
+% 1996/09/26 v0.16 Changed some comments; changed
+% \RM@ClassExecuteOptions to \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.76.sty
+% 1996/09/24 v0.15 Added printer/paper settings from rmpage.sty to
+% the \RM@PrinterPaperSettings hook. Put loadcourier and
+% loadconcrete to bed. Commented out rmcv, rmletter, and bithesis
+% options; they should be redundant by now. Delete them later if
+% there's no problems.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.74.sty
+% 1996/09/23 v0.14 Changed R+Rdw520printer option so \RM@printertype
+% is set to 11 (new 500 series value), rather than 2 (old DW520
+% value). Foolish child. Added the thisfontwidth option,
+% commented out.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.73.sty
+% 1996/09/22 v0.13 basemaxmparwidth and basemparclearance options
+% commented out. I mean, really, why not? Added the letter4paper
+% size: an unholy alliance between US letter and ISO A4. Avoid
+% like the plague; but I can almost see a use for it.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.72.sty
+% 1996/09/18 v0.12.1 Changed some comments.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.71.2.sty
+% 1996/09/16 v0.12 Added fulllength and stdlength options from
+% rmpage, because they need executing after the touchlength options.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.71.sty
+% 1996/09/13 v0.11.1 minor doc change
+% 1996/09/13 v0.11 Not much really: added the center and notcenter
+% options to match the documentation.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.69.sty
+% 1996/09/11 v0.10.1 Made a line a comment line again (oops)
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.67.sty
+% 1996/09/11 v0.10 Added some more options, and changed the name from
+% rmpagelocal.cfg (as it would be in a world free from Bill
+% Gates's malign influence) to the rather silly rmplocal.cfg. It
+% might have been ratlocal, but I decided in favour of utility
+% against character. Apologies to those who use the
+% abreviation RMP in a different context. Added lots and lots of
+% option declarations from rmpage.sty. Changed default option
+% setting and played around with class detection rather a lot;
+% it's relatively elegant now.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.66.sty
+% 1996/09/10 v0.9 Turned a few %% lines into % lines
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.65.sty
+% 1996/09/10 v0.8 Played about with commented-out options
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.64.sty
+% 1996/09/09 v0.7 Played around with class detection and changed
+% class type numbers
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.63.sty
+% 1996/09/04 v0.6 Erm, some stuff. Changed printer option to
+% dw520-ours.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.61.sty
+% 1996/09/03 v0.5 Played about a bit; can't remember the details.
+% Goes with rmpage-v0.60.sty
+% 1996/09/02 v0.4 added hook stuff, and included ltxdoc code in one
+% of them.
+% 1996/08/25 v0.3 added rarely used paper size definitions.
+% Goes with rmpagenew v0.56
+% 1996/08/24 v0.2 changed name and stuff; goes with rmpagenew v0.55
+% 1996/08/23 v0.1 Here we go... Goes with rmpagenew v0.54
+%
+%%
+%%
+%% OPTION DECLARATION
+%% ==================
+%%
+%% This section contains the standard options for rmpage. I suggest
+%% you don't add or delete anything from this section: just comment
+%% options out to speed rmpage up or uncomment them if you need to
+%% use them.
+%%
+%% If you want to add options, add them at the end of this section
+%% in between the places marked.
+%%
+%%
+%% PAPER SIZES
+%% -----------
+%%
+\DeclareOption{undefinedpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{0}}
+
+\DeclareOption{letter4paper}{\def\RM@papertype{9}
+ \setlength\paperheight{8.5in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{210mm}
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{a0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{10}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1189mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{841mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{a1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{11}
+ \setlength\paperheight{841mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{594mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{a2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{12}
+ \setlength\paperheight{594mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{420mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{a3paper}{\def\RM@papertype{13}%
+ \setlength\paperheight{420mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth{297mm}%
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{a6paper}{\def\RM@papertype{16}%
+ \setlength\paperheight{148mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth{105mm}%
+ }
+\DeclareOption{a7paper}{\def\RM@papertype{17}
+ \setlength\paperheight{105mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{74mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{a8paper}{\def\RM@papertype{18}
+ \setlength\paperheight{74mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{52mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{a9paper}{\def\RM@papertype{19}
+ \setlength\paperheight{52mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{37mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{a10paper}{\def\RM@papertype{20}
+ \setlength\paperheight{37mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{26mm}
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{b0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{30}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1414mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{1000mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{b1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{31}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1000mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{707mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{b2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{32}
+ \setlength\paperheight{707mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{500mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{b3paper}{\def\RM@papertype{33}
+ \setlength\paperheight{500mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{353mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{b4paper}{\def\RM@papertype{34}%
+ \setlength\paperheight{353mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth{250mm}%
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{b6paper}{\def\RM@papertype{36}%
+ \setlength\paperheight{176mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth{125mm}%
+ }
+\DeclareOption{b7paper}{\def\RM@papertype{37}%
+ \setlength\paperheight{125mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth{88mm}%
+ }
+\DeclareOption{b8paper}{\def\RM@papertype{38}
+ \setlength\paperheight{88mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{62mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{b9paper}{\def\RM@papertype{39}
+ \setlength\paperheight{62mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{44mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{b10paper}{\def\RM@papertype{40}
+ \setlength\paperheight{44mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{31mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{c0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{50}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1297mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{917mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{c1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{51}
+ \setlength\paperheight{917mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{648mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{c2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{52}
+ \setlength\paperheight{648mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{458mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{c3paper}{\def\RM@papertype{53}
+ \setlength\paperheight{458mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{324mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{c4paper}{\def\RM@papertype{54}
+ \setlength\paperheight{324mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{229mm}
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{c5paper}{\def\RM@papertype{55}%
+ \setlength\paperheight{229mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth{162mm}%
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{c7paper}{\def\RM@papertype{57}
+ \setlength\paperheight{114mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{81mm}
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{c7/6paper}{\def\RM@papertype{59}% c7/6 paper
+ \setlength\paperheight{162mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{81mm}
+ }
+% Note that the BS4264 envelope sizes have names I invented
+% BS4264 Post office preferred envelope: seed packets, wage slips, gen pack
+\DeclareOption{bspopseedenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{60}
+ \setlength\paperheight{152mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{102mm}
+ }
+ % BS4264 Post office preferred envelope: gen commercial, non iso sizes
+\DeclareOption{bspopnonisoenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{61}
+ \setlength\paperheight{229mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{102mm}
+ }
+ % BS4264 envelope; bulky A5, catalogues, brochures.
+\DeclareOption{bsbrochureenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{62}
+ \setlength\paperheight{254mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{178mm}
+ }
+ % BS4264 envelope; legal docs, catalogues, photos
+\DeclareOption{bslegalenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{63}
+ \setlength\paperheight{270mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{216mm}
+ }
+% BS4264 envelope; insurance policies, legal docs
+\DeclareOption{bslargelegalenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{64}
+ \setlength\paperheight{305mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{127mm}
+ }
+ % BS4264 envelope; bulky docs, calendars
+\DeclareOption{bscalendarenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{65}
+ \setlength\paperheight{381mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{254mm}
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{foolscapfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{70}%
+ \setlength\paperheight{13.5in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth{8.5in}%
+ }
+\DeclareOption{foolscappaper}{\def\RM@papertype{70}% foolscap option gives foolscap
+ \setlength\paperheight{13.5in}% folio paper
+ \setlength\paperwidth{8.5in}
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{foolscapquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{71}
+ \setlength\paperheight{8.5in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{6.75in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{foolscapoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{72}
+ \setlength\paperheight{6.75in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{4.25in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{crownfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{73}
+ \setlength\paperheight{15in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{10in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{crownquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{74}
+ \setlength\paperheight{10in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{7.5in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{crownoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{75}
+ \setlength\paperheight{7.5in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{5in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{royalfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{76}
+ \setlength\paperheight{20in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{12.5in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{royalquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{77}
+ \setlength\paperheight{12.5in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{10in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{royaloctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{78}
+ \setlength\paperheight{10in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{6.25in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{imperialfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{79}
+ \setlength\paperheight{22in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{15.5in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{imperialquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{80}
+ \setlength\paperheight{15in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{11in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{imperialoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{81}
+ \setlength\paperheight{11in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{7.5in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{largecrownoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{82}
+ \setlength\paperheight{8in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{5.25in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{demyoquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{83}
+ \setlength\paperheight{11.25in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{8.75in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{demyoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{84}
+ \setlength\paperheight{8.75in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{5.625in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{mediumquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{85}
+ \setlength\paperheight{12in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{9.5in}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{mediumoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{86}
+ \setlength\paperheight{9.5in}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{6in}
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{ra0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{90}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1270mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{960mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{ra1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{91}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1270mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{960mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{ra2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{92}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1270mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{960mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{sra0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{93}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1280mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{900mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{sra1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{94}
+ \setlength\paperheight{900mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{840mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{sra2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{95}
+ \setlength\paperheight{640mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{450mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{metricdoublecrownpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{96}
+ \setlength\paperheight{770mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{505mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{metricquadcrownpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{97}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1010mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{770mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{metriclargequadcrownpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{98}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1060mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{820mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{metricquaddemypaper}{\def\RM@papertype{99}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1030mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{890mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{metricsmallquadroyalpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{100}
+ \setlength\paperheight{1270mm}
+ \setlength\paperwidth{960mm}
+ }
+%%
+%%
+%% LONG PAPER TYPES
+%% ----------------
+%%
+%% 0 = not long (or 1)
+%% 1 = 7/8 2 = 3/4 3 = 2/3 4 = 5/8 5 = 1/2
+%% 6 = 3/8 7 = 1/3 8 = 1/4 9 = 1/8
+%%
+\DeclareOption{notlongpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{0}}
+\DeclareOption{7/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{1}}
+\DeclareOption{3/4longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{2}}
+\DeclareOption{2/3longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{3}}
+\DeclareOption{5/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{4}}
+\DeclareOption{1/2longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{5}}
+\DeclareOption{3/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{6}}
+\DeclareOption{1/3longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{7}}
+\DeclareOption{1/4longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{8}}
+\DeclareOption{1/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{9}}
+%%
+%%
+%% OPTIONS TO CHANGE MARGINPARS
+%% ----------------------------
+%%
+%% marginparsep is scaled by option
+\DeclareOption{leastmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=3}
+\DeclareOption{lessmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=6}
+\DeclareOption{lessishmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=9}
+\DeclareOption{normalmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=12}
+\DeclareOption{moreishmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=15}
+\DeclareOption{moremparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=18}
+\DeclareOption{mostmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=21}
+%%
+%% The basemparclear options need to be executed after paperwidth has
+%% been set. Easily done with \ProcessOptions rather than
+%% \ProcessOptions*, and the papersize setting options declared above
+%% rather than below. The normalbasemparclear value is set after option
+%% processing if no other value has been set. If \RM@mparclearance is
+%% -666pt, the normalbasemparclear value is set; if it's -667pt, the
+%% largebaselinemparclear value is set (both just after
+%% \RM@PrinterPaperSettings hook is executed, which is well after
+%% \paperwidth is set). This value is scaled by option just before it's
+%% used, so one can use the \RM@BeforeWidthSetting hook to change things.
+\DeclareOption{normalbasemparclear}{\setlength\RM@mparclearance{-666pt}}
+\DeclareOption{largebasemparclear}{\setlength\RM@mparclearance{-667pt}}
+
+\DeclareOption{normalbasemaxmparwidth}{\setlength\RM@maxmparwidth{-666pt}}
+\DeclareOption{largebasemaxmparwidth}{\setlength\RM@maxmparwidth{-667pt}}
+%%
+%% the gap between the edge of the paper and the edge of a marginpar
+%% is 0.4in (10.16mm) with standard article/report class settings.
+%% The mparclearance options change this.
+%%
+%% mparclearance for A4 portrait paper:
+%% least=3.95mm less=5.37mm lessish=7.28mm norm=9.88
+%% moreish=13.41mm more=18.20mm most=24.71mm
+%%
+%% (norm=0.4in with US letter paper). Note that there are no touch
+%% options for mparclearance or maxmparwidth. There's no particular
+%% reason why they shouldn't be added. So I did, but left them
+%% commented out.
+\DeclareOption{leastmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=3}
+\DeclareOption{lessmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=6}
+\DeclareOption{lessishmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=9}
+\DeclareOption{normalmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=12}% norm
+\DeclareOption{moreishmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=15}
+\DeclareOption{moremparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=18}
+\DeclareOption{mostmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=21}
+%%
+%% maxmparwidth is now set as a fraction of paperwidth, such that with
+%% portrait US letter paper, you get 2in as standard (or maybe with A4; I
+%% really ought to check this.. It's scale by option just like
+%% everything else. If you want to change the default base value of
+%% maxmparwidth, the \RM@BeforeWidthSetting hook is an ideal place to do
+%% it.
+\DeclareOption{leastmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=3}
+\DeclareOption{lessmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=6}
+\DeclareOption{lessishmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=9}
+\DeclareOption{normalmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=12}% norm
+\DeclareOption{moreishmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=15}
+\DeclareOption{moremaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=18}
+\DeclareOption{mostmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=21}
+%%
+%%
+%% TOUCH OPTIONS
+%% -------------
+%%
+%% Note that all the touch options need to be executed after their
+%% corresponding `straight' options. This is inevitable if they are
+%% left here and \ProcessOptions is used rather than the star form,
+%% because rmplocal.cfg is loaded after all of rmpage's \DeclareOptions
+%% statements.
+%%
+\DeclareOption{t@uchlonger} {\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by 1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchshorter}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by -1}
+\DeclareOption{touchlonger}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by 1}
+\DeclareOption{touchshorter}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by -1}
+%%
+\DeclareOption{touchmorecolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{touchlesscolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by-1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchmorecolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchlesscolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by-1}
+%%
+\DeclareOption{touchmoremparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{touchlessmparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by-1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchmoremparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchlessmparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by-1}
+%%
+\DeclareOption{touchmorefootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{touchlessfootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by-1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchmorefootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchlessfootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by-1}
+%%
+\DeclareOption{touchmoreheadsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headsepoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{touchlessheadsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headsepoption by-1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchmoreheadsep}{\advance\RM@headsepoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchlessheadsep}{\advance\RM@headsepoption by-1}
+%%
+\DeclareOption{t@uchwider}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchnarrower}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by-1}
+\DeclareOption{touchwider}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{touchnarrower}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by-1}
+%%
+\DeclareOption{t@uchmoreoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchlessoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by-1}
+\DeclareOption{touchmoreoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by1}
+\DeclareOption{touchlessoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by-1}
+%%
+\DeclareOption{t@uchhigher}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by -1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchlower} {\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by 1}
+\DeclareOption{touchhigher}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by -1}
+\DeclareOption{touchlower} {\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by 1}
+%%
+\DeclareOption{t@uchlessmparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by -1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchmoremparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by 1}
+\DeclareOption{touchlessmparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by -1}
+\DeclareOption{touchmoremparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by 1}
+
+\DeclareOption{t@uchlessmaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by -1}
+\DeclareOption{t@uchmoremaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by 1}
+\DeclareOption{touchlessmaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by -1}
+\DeclareOption{touchmoremaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by 1}
+%%
+%%
+%% RANDOM LENGTH OPTIONS
+%% ---------------------
+%%
+%% These need to be executed after the touchlength options; but for
+%% that, they'd be in rmpage.sty
+%%
+\DeclareOption{fulllength}{\RM@lengthoption=30}
+\DeclareOption{stdlength}{\RM@lengthoption=0}
+%%
+%%
+%% NUMBER OF COLUMNS
+%% -----------------
+%%
+%% onecolumn and twocolumn are both in rmpage. These options only
+%% affect \textwidth; use a package like multicols to set you text in
+%% multiple columns.
+%%
+\DeclareOption{onecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{1}}
+\DeclareOption{twocolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{2}}
+\DeclareOption{threecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{3}}
+\DeclareOption{fourcolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{4}}
+\DeclareOption{fivecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{5}}
+\DeclareOption{sixcolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{6}}
+\DeclareOption{sevencolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{7}}
+\DeclareOption{eightcolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{8}}
+\DeclareOption{ninecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{9}}
+\DeclareOption{tencolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{10}}
+%%
+%%
+%% LOADING FOUNTS
+%% --------------
+%%
+%% The fount options work like this: a fount family is set, and if the
+%% \RM@loadfount flag is set true, the appropriate fount is loaded,
+%% mainly with one of the standard PSNFSS packages.
+%% Fount families are set like this:
+%% 1=avant garde 2=bookman 3=zapf chancery 4=helvetica
+%% 5=new century schoolbook 6=palatino 7=times 8=utopia
+%% 9=lucida casual 10=courier 11=concrete 12=this fount width
+%% 13=lucida casual dirty trick
+%%
+%% The dirty trick works like this: if you ask for lucida casual
+%% (\RM@fountfamily 13), the fount loading code later on does a
+%% \RequirePackage{lucida-casual}, and then sets \RM@fountfamily
+%% to 9. The option to do this is in Rowland's curious option
+%% section.
+%%
+%% The command below is used to ask for a particular set of
+%% typesetting parameters if you've not explicitly requested any with
+%% the looseness option set. You get loose if you've asked for
+%% onecolumn, or sloppy if you've asked for twocolumn. Ncolumnwidth
+%% is treated as onecolumn; the multicol package makes its own
+%% arrangements. But this shouldn't be done any more because the
+%% metrics have changed (S. Rahtz, psnfss2e.tex, 5/11/95). I wish
+%% there was an up-to-date version of fontinst with docs available.
+%%
+%% This command's defined here so its meaning is clear; it's cleared
+%% at the end of rmpage.sty.
+%%
+%% So, this is the command that used to do the dirty. And still does:
+%% the PSNFSS founts \emph{are} still much tighter than cmr, and you
+%% get more bad line breaks. But looseish seems enough for now; keep
+%% the twocolumn extra super dooper very slack indeed looseness as is
+%% for now. (I wish I had a television so I could find out exactly
+%% what it is that Mutley says when he's annoyed). Maybe the thing
+%% to do is to change the sloppiness command: see rmpage.sty for more
+%% comments (yes, you, you fool, me! bloody well read it [don't
+%% complain: I'm swearing at myself]).
+%%
+%% The thing is, the PSNFSS founts are a little tighter than cmr (it
+%% seems). looseish over-compensates, but it's not all that much
+%% looser than tight. Grumbledon diwn.
+\def\RM@setpsloose{
+ \ifnum\RM@looseoption=205
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \def\RM@looseoption{5}
+ \else
+ \def\RM@looseoption{1}
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \def\RM@setpsloose{\relax}
+% % Don't change the options below; just change the loosening command
+% % in case I want to use it later.
+%%
+%% %% Computer modern roman; redundant options
+ \DeclareOption{cmrwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{0}}
+ \DeclareOption{loadcmr}{\def\RM@fountfamily{0}\RM@loadfounttrue}
+%% Avant Garde
+\DeclareOption{avantwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{1}}
+\DeclareOption{loadavant}{\def\RM@fountfamily{1}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%% Bookman
+\DeclareOption{bookmanwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{2}}
+\DeclareOption{loadbookman}{\def\RM@fountfamily{2}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%% Zapf Chancery
+\DeclareOption{chancerywidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{3}}
+\DeclareOption{loadchancery}{\def\RM@fountfamily{3}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%% Helvetica
+\DeclareOption{helvetwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{4}}
+\DeclareOption{loadhelvet}{\def\RM@fountfamily{4}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%% New Century Schoolbook
+\DeclareOption{newcentwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{5}}
+\DeclareOption{loadnewcent}{\def\RM@fountfamily{5}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%% Palatino
+\DeclareOption{palatinowidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{6}}
+\DeclareOption{loadpalatino}{\def\RM@fountfamily{6}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%% Times
+\DeclareOption{timeswidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{7}}
+\DeclareOption{loadtimes}{\def\RM@fountfamily{7}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%% Utopia
+\DeclareOption{utopiawidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{8}}
+\DeclareOption{loadutopia}{\def\RM@fountfamily{8}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%% Lucida casual
+\DeclareOption{lucasualwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{9}}
+\DeclareOption{loadlucasual}{\def\RM@fountfamily{9}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%% lucida-casual option is now in rmplocal.cfg
+%% Courier
+\DeclareOption{courierwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{10}}
+\DeclareOption{loadcourier}{\def\RM@fountfamily{10}\RM@loadfounttrue
+ \RM@setpsloose}
+%% Concrete
+%% Concrete doesn't need loose typesetting
+\DeclareOption{concretewidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{11}}
+\DeclareOption{loadconcrete}{\def\RM@fountfamily{11}\RM@loadfounttrue
+ \ExecuteOptions{beton}}
+%% Bases \textwidth on current fount
+\DeclareOption{thisfountwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{12}}
+%%
+%%
+%% Stuff for beton support
+%% -----------------------
+%%
+%% I need to pass the standard-baselineskips option to beton
+%% explicitly so I can detect whether beton's been loaded with this
+%% option later. I might as well prepare to pass the other two
+%% options, just in case I need to know about them someday.
+\DeclareOption{standard-baselineskips}
+ {\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{beton}}
+\DeclareOption{oldstyle-equation-numbers}
+ {\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{beton}}
+\DeclareOption{concrete-math}
+ {\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{beton}}
+%%
+%%
+%%
+%% Synonyms for other options
+%% --------------------------
+%%
+%% Now I like this.
+\DeclareOption{othernicedate}{\RM@nicedatefalse}% usdate
+\DeclareOption{nicedate}{\RM@nicedatetrue}% ukdate
+%%
+%% Other packages use these options to change the amount of
+%% information displayed; I might as well pay attention.
+%%
+\DeclareOption{verbose}{\def\RM@chatlevel{1}}% chatty
+\DeclareOption{silent}{\def\RM@chatlevel{3}}% yorkshire
+\DeclareOption{errorshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{3}}% yorkshire
+\DeclareOption{warningshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{2}}% taciturn
+\DeclareOption{infoshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{1}}% chatty
+\DeclareOption{debugshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{0}}% garrulous
+%%
+%% And I object to this, I really do. Why can't people learn to
+%% spell properly?
+%%
+\DeclareOption{center}{\RM@centretrue}
+\DeclareOption{notcenter}{\RM@centrefalse}
+%%
+%%
+%% MARGIN OPTIONS
+%% --------------
+%%
+%% What the ringbinding option does is ensure that there's enough space
+%% in the inside margin to punch holes. It does not make a binding
+%% correction after the fashion of the Koma-script packages. This option
+%% assumes that you'll be punching holes in the inside margin, so don't
+%% expect it to work properly with landscape printing---I couldn't work
+%% out a way of predicting which margin will get the holes in landscape
+%% printing, so I decided to make no attempt to support it. If you have
+%% any thoughts on this, please email me.
+%%
+\DeclareOption{ringbinding}
+ {\ifRM@portrait
+ \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@mininsidemargin}{15mm}
+ \else
+ \RM@Warn{The ringbinding option does nothing in landscape mode}
+ \fi}
+%%
+%% PRINTER OPTIONS
+%% ---------------
+%%
+%% Printer types are:
+%% 0=fullbleed, 1=general, 2=pessimistic, 3=optimistic
+%% 10=dw300 11=dw500 12=dw600 (HP deskwriter inkjet series)
+%% 20=lj2 21=lj3 22=lj4 (HP laserjet laser printer series)
+%% 30=canonbjx bubblejet something (Canon bubblejet inkjet series)
+%% 40+ whatever else comes up
+%%
+%% The idea is that printer types < 10 are not locally configured;
+%% these numbers are reserved for mythical general types that should
+%% be the same on all systems. Feel free to add your own mythical
+%% general types; please keep the printer number > 1000.
+%%
+%% The figures for all these printers are guesses, except for the DW500
+%% and DW600: any data on printing margins for the printers above or
+%% other commonly-used printers would be gratefully received. I need to
+%% know about printing limits at the top, bottom, left, and right for
+%% portrait and landscape modes, and whether the data is what the book
+%% says or what you measured (preferrably both, but anything'll help).
+%% If anyone really uses LaTeX with an A3 printer, do tell: it's
+%% something I've been wondering about.
+%%
+%% \RM@ptrpostol generally set to 1mm (paper sizes are to $\pm2$mm),
+%% except for our dw520 which I keep a careful eye on.
+%%
+\DeclareOption{fullbleedprinter}{
+ \def\RM@printertype{0}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{0mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{0mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{0mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{0mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{0mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{0mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{0mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{0mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{0mm}% Seems best
+ }
+%
+%% Quite arbitrary settings,
+\DeclareOption{generalprinter}{% arbitrary
+ \def\RM@printertype{1}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{8mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{8mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{8mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{8mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{8mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{8mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
+ }
+%% This uses the worst limits I can remember meeting:
+\DeclareOption{pessimisticprinter}{
+ \def\RM@printertype{2}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{10mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{10mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{10mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{19mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{19mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{10mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{10mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{10mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
+ }
+% This uses the best limits I'd expect
+\DeclareOption{optimisticprinter}{
+ \def\RM@printertype{3}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{3mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{3mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{3mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{3mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{3mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{3mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{3mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{3mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{0.5mm}% Guess
+ }
+
+\DeclareOption{dw300printer}{% Guess
+ \def\RM@printertype{11}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{dw500printer}{% HP spec
+ \def\RM@printertype{11}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}
+ }
+\DeclareOption{dw600printer}{% Measured from Rebecca's at work+1mm.
+ \def\RM@printertype{12}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{2mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{2mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
+ }
+\DeclareOption{lj2printer}{% an arbitrary guess
+ \def\RM@printertype{20}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
+ }
+\DeclareOption{lj3printer}{% an arbitrary guess
+ \def\RM@printertype{21}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
+ }
+\DeclareOption{lj4printer}{% measured from MS Works output
+ \def\RM@printertype{22}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{5mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{0.5mm}% Guess
+ }
+\DeclareOption{canonbjxprinter}{% an arbitrary guess
+ \def\RM@printertype{22}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{12mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{12mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess
+ }
+%%
+%% ROWLAND'S CURIOUS OPTIONS
+%% -------------------------
+%%
+%% These are curious options, defined by me (RJMM) to perform dark and
+%% eldritch deeds. These aren't intended for hoi polloi, mainly 'cos
+%% they're a bit iffy in places, but I like them and they might give
+%% you some ideas.
+%%
+%%
+%% Our DW520 isn't quite to spec.
+%%
+\DeclareOption{R+R-dw520printer}{
+ \def\RM@printertype{11}
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{7mm}% spec 6mm
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{7mm}% spec 6mm
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrpostol{0.5mm}% Guess
+ }
+%%
+%% A dirty trick to load my .fd version of lucida casual rather than
+%% the PSNFSS version. If you loadlucidacasual, \RM@fountfamily is set
+%% to 9 after the lucida-casual package has been \RequirePackaged.
+%% That's done by code further on in rmpage, specially written for
+%% this dirty trick.
+%%
+%% Lucida casual
+\DeclareOption{lucidacasualwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{9}}
+\DeclareOption{loadlucidacasual}{\def\RM@fountfamily{13}
+ \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose}
+%%
+%% These class options ought to be redundant now.
+%%\DeclareOption{rmcv}{\def\RM@classtype{20}}
+%%\DeclareOption{rmletter}{\def\RM@classtype{21}}
+%%\DeclareOption{bithesis}{\def\RM@classtype{22}}
+%% for ltx guide docs; maybe use in ltxguide.cfg?
+%%\DeclareOption{ltxguide}{\def\RM@classtype{7}}% redundant
+%% for typesetting .dtx files only; used by ltxdoc.cfg
+%%\DeclareOption{ltxdoc}{\def\RM@classtype{6}}% redundant
+%% for Liverpool J.Moore's EEP exams
+%%\DeclareOption{ljmueepexam}{\def\RM@classtype{23}}% redundant
+%%
+%% \RM@ptsize is set to the requested point size if an rmsizeN package has
+%% not already been recognised by another package.
+%%
+%% These point size options need another package file which really
+%% isn't ready to be released yet - so don't expect them to work.
+%%
+%% If you really, really, really want to use these extra point sizes,
+%% I'll send you the extra files if you ask nicely.
+%%
+\providecommand{\RM@ptsize}{666}
+\DeclareOption{14pt}{\ifnum\RM@ptsize=666\def\RM@ptsize{14}\def\@ptsize{2}\fi}
+\DeclareOption{24pt}{\ifnum\RM@ptsize=666\def\RM@ptsize{24}\def\@ptsize{2}\fi}
+\DeclareOption{36pt}{\ifnum\RM@ptsize=666\def\RM@ptsize{36}\def\@ptsize{2}\fi}
+%%
+%% Don't do anything to the file above this point except these things:
+%% comment out whole options,
+%% uncomment out whole options,
+%% and change the identifying comments and commands at the start of the file.
+%% Disobeying this order will result in a squadron of highly-trained
+%% killer gerbils attacking your toenails each night; the cost in
+%% pedicurist bills will be crippling.
+%%
+%%
+%% LOCAL CODE BELOW HERE PLEASE
+%% ============================
+%%
+%%
+%% Add your options in the section marked out below.
+%%
+%%
+%% BEGIN LOCAL OPTION DECLARATION
+%% ==============================
+%%
+
+%%
+%%
+%% END LOCAL OPTION DECLARATION
+%% ============================
+%%
+%%
+%% DEFAULT OPTION SETTING
+%% ======================
+%%
+%% Default options for any class---the \ExecuteOptions statement below
+%% should contain the default settings you want for all documents.
+%% Remember these options can always be over-ridden by class-specific
+%% code and options used in a document.
+%%
+%% Check the statement below about default option settings; things
+%% change, y'know.
+%%
+%% rmpage sets things up so that these options are used by default:
+%%
+%% noheaders,footers,notcentre,oneside,portrait,onecolumn,normalaltitude,
+%% normalcolumnsep,normalheadsep,normalfootskip,normalmparsep,
+%% normallength,normalwidth,normaloffset,generalprinter,
+%% noadaptivecolumnsep,nastydate,taciturn
+%%
+%% The (USA) letterpaper option is specified by the standard classes;
+%% rmpage defaults to undefinedpaper (a real papertype in my
+%% book, which I wouldn't recommend unless you like error messages).
+%%
+%% Either the stdmargins or notstdmargins option should be executed, to
+%% avoid (admittedly unlikely) mis-understandings over the placement of
+%% marginal notes. I think I've changed rmpage so there shouldn't be
+%% a problem with this; notstdmargins is the default setting.
+%%
+%% If no config file is found by rmpagenew, the notstdmargins option
+%% is executed using \ExecuteOptions.
+%%
+%%
+%% CHANGE THE COMMAND BELOW TO MATCH YOUR LOCAL PREFERENCES
+%% --------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+% \ExecuteOptions{R+R-dw520printer,a4paper,notstdmargins,nicedate,noheaders}
+\ExecuteOptions{generalprinter,letterpaper,stdmargins,usdate,noheaders}
+%%
+%% --------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%%
+%% DEFAULT OPTIONS FOR PARTICULAR CLASSES.
+%% ======================================
+%%
+%% Don't set default options in local classes using
+%% \PassOptionsToPackage{rmpage}{...} in your class file unless you have
+%% a good reason to; read the note below.
+%%
+%% If you need to have rmpage \ExecuteOptions for particular classes,
+%% use the \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions statement in the block below.
+%%
+%% \RM@ClassExecuteOption{<class name>}{<option list>} performs
+%% \ExecuteOptions{<option list>} if the class called <class name> has
+%% been loaded.
+%%
+%% Note that if you are building one class upon another (say, nuthesis
+%% based on report), both classes might have been by this stage, so it is
+%% best to have the \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions statement for the base class
+%% *before* the \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions statement for the loading class.
+%% E.g., for nuthesis based on report, have:
+%% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{report}{...} *before*
+%% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{nuthesis}{...}
+%%
+%% Example default options for book class
+%%
+% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{book}
+% {ukdate,R+R-dw520printer,a4paper,headers,footers}
+%%
+%% Example default options for slides class
+%%
+% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{slides}
+% {centre,ukdate,R+R-dw520printer,a4paper}
+%%
+%%
+%% Example default options for foils class
+%%
+% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{foils}
+% {centre,ukdate,R+R-dw520printer,a4paper}
+%%
+%% Default options for ljmeepex class; ljmueepexam as was and damn
+%% Bill Gates. All these options are executed here so they can all
+%% be over-ridden by options passed by the document. Had they been
+%% passed from the class file by \PassOptionsToPackage, options from
+%% the document that are declared in rmpage after these options would
+%% over-ride these, and those declared before would not. Do it this
+%% way for consistency.
+%%
+% \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions{ljmeepex}
+% {centre,yorkshire,a4paper,noheaders,footers,wide,t@uchnarrower,longish}
+%%
+%%
+%% END DEFAULT OPTION SETTING FOR PARTICULAR CLASSES
+%% =================================================
+%%
+%%
+%% HOOKS
+%% =====
+%%
+%% The commands defined below: \RM@BeforeProcessOptions,
+%% \RM@DefineNewClasses, \RM@AfterProcessOptions,
+%% \RM@PrinterPaperSettings, \RM@BeforeTextheightSetting, and
+%% \RM@AfterWidthSetting are hooks: they are commands which
+%% you can define yourself, which are executed later somewhere in rmpage.
+%% You hang code from them, which is used later; hence hook. LaTeX2e has
+%% hooks like \AtBeginDocument{}, which saves its argument every time
+%% it's executed, so all the code ever passed to it is executed at the
+%% begin document command. The hooks below are just ordinary LaTeX
+%% commands which you define in the usual way. If you re-define them,
+%% the original contents are lost forever. So add stuff to the
+%% definitions here, don't re-define them later unless you have a good
+%% reason to do so. By the way, these hooks don't have to be defined:
+%% rmpage can work without them quite happily.
+%%
+%%
+%% Use this one for playing about if you have to.
+\newcommand{\RM@BeforeProcessOptions}{}% end\RM@BeforeProcessOptions
+%%
+%%
+%% Use this one for setting up things for particular classes; classes
+%% that are based on other classes should appear in this list
+%% \emph{after} the classes they are based on. That is, the class
+%% bithesis (which is based on report), comes after report. This is
+%% easily arranged, because all the standard classes have their class
+%% type number defined before the \RM@DefineNewClasses hook is executed.
+%% You can define your own class types; the current list of class type
+%% numbers is:
+%%
+%% 0=unknown, 1=article, 2=report, 3=letter, 4=book, 5=slides,
+%% 10=ltxdoc, 11=ltxguide,
+%% 20=rmcv, 21=rmletter, 22=bithesis, 23=ljmueepexam
+%% 50=foils
+%%
+%% 0 - 19 standard LaTeX classes
+%% 20 - 49 my classes
+%% 50 - 99 other classes supported by standard rmpage
+%% 100 - maxnum local classes
+%%
+%% If you're going to define a new class type, use class type numbers
+%% above 100. That way you won't find a new version of rmpage usurping
+%% class type numbers you'd defined for your own use. And make sure
+%% that classes that build on other classes have higher a \RM@classtype
+%% than the classes they build upon. I'll probably do something more
+%% sophisticated one day, but this'll do for now.
+%%
+%% The \RM@LocalClassReport hook is executed by the \RM@typeclasstype
+%% command, which is executed by the \RM@OnClassType command if you've
+%% asked for garrulous reporting. It's a debugging aid to help spot
+%% anomalous class type number setting. Why am I doing this?
+%% If you do add a new class, re-define the \RM@LocalClassReport command
+%% here to report it. For example, if you've added the eddie class,
+%% given the number 666, and the orwell class, given the number 101, say:
+%%
+%% \renewcommand{\RM@LocalClassReport}{
+%% \RM@OnClassType{101}{\typeout{orwell class detected}}{}
+%% \RM@OnClassType{666}{\typeout{eddie class detected}}{}
+%% }
+%%
+\renewcommand{\RM@LocalClassReport}{\typeout{Undefined class detected}}
+%%
+%%
+%% Note that the \RM@DefineNewClasses hook is only executed if
+%% \RM@ClassType is less than 20.
+%%
+%% It's okay to test for a class here that will have had its class type
+%% number set by an option. Not fast, but okay. Note that the
+%% \RM@SetClassType command will only set \RM@ClassType to a value larger
+%% than the current one; this is so that subsequent detection (for
+%% example) of the report class on which you have built the nuthesis
+%% class cannot set \RM@classtype to 2.
+%%
+%% The new classes below are some that I've defined; I've left them
+%% in so you don't pinch the numbers and to give a real-life example.
+%% Most of these classes are a bit rough and not generally useful,
+%% so I'm keeping them to myself; although if you want a
+%% Bolton Institute thesis class file, I'll send you mine if you ask me
+%% for it.
+%%
+\newcommand{\RM@DefineNewClasses}{
+ \RM@SetClassType{rmcv} {20}
+ \RM@SetClassType{rmletter} {21}
+ \RM@SetClassType{bithesis} {22}
+ \RM@SetClassType{ljmueepexam}{23}
+ \RM@SetClassType{ljmeepex} {23}
+}%% end\RM@DefineNewClasses
+%%
+%%
+%% AfterProcessOptions is useful for setting up things for particular
+%% classes using the \RM@OnClassType command
+%%
+%% I've left in the code I wrote for my class files as examples; the
+%% code for ltxdoc is required if you insist on using rmpage with it.
+%%
+\newcommand{\RM@AfterProcessOptions}{
+% % \renewcommand{\RM@mintextheight}{730pt}% For testing only
+% % \renewcommand{\RM@maxtextheight}{9000pt}
+ %
+ % class type 10=ltxdoc
+ %
+ \RM@OnClassType{10}{
+ \RM@oclwarninfo{3}
+ {ltxdoc and rmpage don't go well together}
+% \RM@ocl{2}{\typeout{Set \protect\normalmarginpar}}{}
+% % Try to make mpars appear in alternating margins
+% \ifRM@twoside\@mparswitchtrue\fi
+% % Try to make mpars appear in default margin
+% \normalmarginpar
+ % Ensure \textwidth is at least the required width
+ \def\RM@mintextwidth{355pt}
+ }{}
+ %
+ % class type 20=rmcv
+ %
+ \RM@OnClassType{20}{
+ \RM@oclwarninfo{3}
+ {I don't do much for rmcv yet,
+ and if you specified\MessageBreak
+ some options that don't get used, I won't complain}
+ }{}
+ %
+ % class type 22=bithesis
+ %
+ \RM@OnClassType{22}{
+ % Set minimum margins as specified in the regulations.
+ % Everything else is done by the class file. These commands are
+ % defined to be 0pt at the start of rmpage, so they can't be set in
+ % the class file.
+ \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@minoutsidemargin}{15mm}
+ \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@mininsidemargin} {40mm}
+ \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@mintopmargin} {15mm}
+ \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@minbottommargin} {15mm}
+ }{}
+ %
+ % Add more here
+ %
+}% end\RM@AfterProcessOptions
+%%
+%%
+%% The \RM@On...PaperSize commands take two compulsory arguments, and
+%% one optional arguments. The optional argument is the long paper
+%% size code. The default value is 0, meaning `not long'.
+%% -1 = any long size
+%% 0 = not long only (or 1-long)
+%% 1 = 7/8 2 = 3/4 3 = 2/3 4 = 5/8 5 = 1/2
+%% 6 = 3/8 7 = 1/3 8 = 1/4 9 = 1/8
+%%
+%% The first compulsory argument is the paper size code; you can look
+%% them up elsewhere.
+%%
+%% If the paper size specified in the arguments to a \RM@...papersize
+%% command is the selected paper size, the third argument is executed.
+%%
+%%
+%% Add setting for local printer/paper combinations here; new printers
+%% should be declared using \DeclareOption above. Have a look in
+%% rmpage.sty, at the code above the point where this hook is
+%% executed, to get a better idea of what's going on.
+\newcommand*{\RM@PrinterPaperSettings}{
+%%
+%% Note that you can print out long A3 sizes (1/2 and under) on A4
+%% paper, with the same minimum clearances applying to the long A3 size
+%% as apply to A4. So in the common case of an A4 printer, all you
+%% need to do is make the A3 printing limits the same as A4 printing
+%% limits, and Bob's yer auntie's live-in lover. What the two
+%% commands below do is assume that all printers are A4 printers, and
+%% sets the clearances accordingly. If you use a non-A4 printer, you
+%% might need to add code to over-ride this assumption for that
+%% printer, after these two commands.
+%%
+ \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize[-1]{13}% size 13 = A3
+ {
+ \let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrportclear
+ \let\RM@minleftclearance \RM@ptrlportclear
+ \let\RM@minfootclearance \RM@ptrbportclear
+ \let\RM@minheadclearance \RM@ptrtportclear
+ }
+ \RM@OnLandscapePaperSize[-1]{13}% size 13 = A3
+ {
+ \let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrlandclear
+ \let\RM@minleftclearance \RM@ptrllandclear
+ \let\RM@minfootclearance \RM@ptrblandclear
+ \let\RM@minheadclearance \RM@ptrtlandclear
+ }
+%%
+%% The code below sets up rmpage to do things the way I like if
+%% you've selected an HP 500 series inkjet (like my DW520).
+%% I print out A5 pages by using dvidvi to put two of them on an A4
+%% page, so A5 portrait clearances need to be A4 landscape clearances
+%% and vice-versa. Envelopes suffer a very large non-printing margin
+%% at the bottom, so this is dealt with. Note that I have to set
+%% both the ptrclear commands *and* the minclearance commands in this
+%% case, because the ptrclear commands are assumed to be set by now,
+%% and I have to change them.
+%%
+%% Note that I have asked rmpage to jack up any of these paper sizes that
+%% need it when I have specified an HP 500 series inkjet; this means that
+%% you can have an unexpectedly large gap at the bottom of a page without
+%% being warned about it, if the page layout you asked for would
+%% otherwise have tried to print in the asymmetrically large non-printing
+%% margin at the bottom of the paper. I don't mind this; if you do,
+%% remove the \RM@jackuptrue statements.
+%%
+ \RM@OnPrinterType{11}% HP DeskWriter 500 series
+ {
+ \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize{14}% size 14 = A4
+ {\RM@jackuptrue}
+ \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize{15}% size 15 = A5
+ {\let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrlandclear
+ \let\RM@minleftclearance\RM@ptrrlandclear
+ \let\RM@minfootclearance\RM@ptrblandclear
+ \let\RM@minheadclearance\RM@ptrtlandclear}
+ \RM@OnLandscapePaperSize{15}% size 15 = A5
+ {\let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrportclear
+ \let\RM@minleftclearance\RM@ptrlportclear
+ \let\RM@minfootclearance\RM@ptrbportclear
+ \let\RM@minheadclearance\RM@ptrtportclear}
+ \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize[-1]{13}% size 13 = A3
+ {\RM@jackuptrue}
+ \RM@OnLandscapePaperSize[-1]{13}% size 13 = A3
+ {\RM@jackupfalse}
+ \RM@OnPaperSize{58}% size 58 = DL envelopes
+ {\def\RM@ptrrlandclear{19mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{7mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrblandclear{4mm}% spec 3mm
+ \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{4mm}% spec 3mm
+ \def\RM@ptrrportclear{4mm}% spec 3mm
+ \def\RM@ptrlportclear{4mm}% spec 3mm
+ \def\RM@ptrbportclear{19mm}
+ \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm}}
+ \RM@OnPortraitPaperSize{58}% size 58 = DL envelopes
+ {\let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrportclear
+ \let\RM@minleftclearance\RM@ptrlportclear
+ \let\RM@minfootclearance\RM@ptrbportclear
+ \let\RM@minheadclearance\RM@ptrtportclear}
+ \RM@OnLandscapePaperSize{58}% size 58 = DL envelopes
+ {\let\RM@minrightclearance\RM@ptrrlandclear
+ \let\RM@minleftclearance\RM@ptrllandclear
+ \let\RM@minfootclearance\RM@ptrblandclear
+ \let\RM@minheadclearance\RM@ptrtlandclear}
+ }% end HP DeskWriter 500 series
+}% end\RM@PrinterPaperSettings
+%%
+%%
+%% Add code to select textheight setting method, and define new
+%% textheight setting code here
+\newcommand*{\RM@BeforeTextheightSetting}{}% end\RM@BeforeTextheightSetting
+%%
+%% You might add code to define \RM@widthsetter to load your own
+%% horizontal parameter setting code for a particular class here
+%% e.g., \RM@OnClassType{69}{\def\RM@widthsetter{rsw-ll.pko}}{}
+\newcommand*{\RM@BeforeWidthSetting}{}% end\RM@BeforeWidthSetting
+%%
+%% If you are using a class that defines \RM@textwidthgroup to 4, put
+%% code in this hook that defines: \RM@ptperchar to the width of one
+%% average character of your main body fount; \@tempdima to the
+%% paper-based initial \textwidth guess; \@tempdimb to the
+%% character-based initial \textwidth guess; and code to modify
+%% \columnsep if you want to.
+%% This hook is executed after the parameters above have been set.
+\newcommand*{\RM@AfterInitialTextwidthSetting}{}% end\RM@AfterInitialTextwidthSetting
+%%
+%% Do what preventest thou from wilting\ldots For symmetry's sake is
+%% this here.
+%%
+\newcommand*{\RM@AfterWidthSetting}{}% end\RM@AfterWidthSetting
+%%
+%%
+\endinput
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `skb.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% skb.dtx (with options: `skbcfg')
+%%
+%%
+%% skb.cfg
+%% Copyright (c) 2011 Sven van der Meer <sven@vandermeer.de>
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license or (at
+%% your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% <http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt>
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+%% 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `author-maintained'.
+%%
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is
+%% Sven van der Meer <sven@vandermeer.de>
+%%
+%% This software is provided 'as is', without warranty of any kind, either
+%% expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied
+%% warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
+%%
+%% This work consists of all files listed in MANIFEST.TXT.
+%%
+\skbconfig[root=/doc,
+ acr=database/latex,
+ acrfile=acronyms,
+ bib=database/bibtex,
+ bibfile=bibliography.tex,
+ rep=repository,
+ pub=publish,
+ fig=figures,
+ sli=slides
+ ]{skb.cfg}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `skb.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesFile{standalone.cfg}[%
+ 2012/05/20
+ v1.1a
+ Default configuration file for 'standalone' class]%
+%% Enabled the "varwidth" option if the "varwidth" package is available:
+%%\IfFileExists{varwidth.sty}{%
+%% \standaloneconfig{varwidth}%
+%%}{}%
+
+%% Default options:
+\standaloneconfig{crop}
+
+%% Option which 'preview' should be loaded with
+\PassOptionsToPackage{active,tightpage}{preview}%
+
+%% Enable 'preview' option by default:
+%%\standaloneconfig{preview}
+
+%% Remove the border:
+\standaloneconfig{border=0pt}
+
+%% Default preview border (used by standalone v0.x):
+%%\standaloneconfig{border=0.50001bp}
+
+%% Disable navigation symbols in beamer.
+%% This must be done AtEndOfClass because the options are not processed yet,
+%% so "beamer" mode is not enabled yet.
+\AtEndOfClass{%
+\ifstandalonebeamer
+ \setbeamertemplate{navigation symbols}{}%
+\fi
+}
+%% vim: ft=tex
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `subfigure.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% subfigure.dtx (with options: `newconf')
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% For the copyright see the source file.
+%%
+%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
+%% with new filenames distinct from subfigure.cfg.
+%%
+%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
+%% for copying and modification in the file subfigure.dtx.
+%%
+%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
+%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
+%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
+%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%% author = "Steven Douglas Cochran",
+%% version = "2.1.5",
+%% date = "2005/04/29",
+%% time = "14:24:08",
+%% filename = "subfigure.sty",
+%% address = "Digital Mapping Laboratory, School of Computer Science
+%% Carnegie-Mellon University, 5000 Forbes Avenue
+%% Pittsburgh, PA 15213-3890, USA",
+%% telephone = "+1 412.268.5654",
+%% fax = "+1 412.268.5576",
+%% email = "cochran@ieee.org",
+%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%% keywords = "LaTeX, float, figure, table, captcont",
+%% supported = "yes",
+%% abstract = "LaTeX package for providing support for the
+%% inclusion of small, `sub', figures and tables. It
+%% simplifies the positioning, captioning and
+%% labeling of them within a single figure or table
+%% environment. In addition, this package allows
+%% such subcaptions to be written to the List of
+%% Figures or List of tables if desired."
+%% }
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\ExecuteOptions{tight,TABTOPCAP}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `subfigure.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Configuration file for SWIMGRAF.STY %
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Path for records files
+\def\swg@filepath{c:/xy/swimming/}
+%
+% Data filename. (File must be in same directory as .tex file containing
+% \swimgraph macro.)
+\def\swg@datafile{swg.dat}
+%
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Colors %
+%-------------------------------------%
+%
+\definecolor{gold}{rgb}{1.0,.8,.1}
+\definecolor{lightgold}{rgb}{1.0,.9,.2}
+\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{.7,.7,.7}
+\definecolor{lightsilver}{rgb}{.9,.9,.9}
+\definecolor{lightmagenta}{cmyk}{0, 0.3, 0, 0}
+\definecolor{lightgreen}{cmyk}{.3, 0, .3, 0}
+\definecolor{lightblue}{cmyk}{0.3, 0.3, 0, 0}
+\definecolor{lightcyan}{cmyk}{0.3, 0, 0, 0}
+
+% world record
+% short course
+\def\swg@wsccolor{gold}
+% long course
+\def\swg@wlccolor{lightgold}
+
+% National record
+% short course
+\def\swg@nsccolor{cyan}
+% long course
+\def\swg@nlccolor{lightcyan}
+
+% Age-specific records
+% age record a
+% short course
+\def\swg@asccolor{magenta}
+% long course
+\def\swg@alccolor{lightmagenta}
+% age record b
+% short course
+\def\swg@bsccolor{blue}
+% long course
+\def\swg@blccolor{lightblue}
+% age record c
+% short course
+\def\swg@csccolor{yellow}
+% long course
+\def\swg@clccolor{yellow}
+% age record d
+% short course
+\def\swg@dsccolor{yellow}
+% long course
+\def\swg@dlccolor{yellow}
+% age record e
+% short course
+\def\swg@esccolor{yellow}
+% long course
+\def\swg@elccolor{yellow}
+% age record f
+% short course
+\def\swg@fsccolor{yellow}
+% long course
+\def\swg@flccolor{yellow}
+%
+% swimmer's times
+% short course
+\def\swg@sccolor{green}
+% long course
+\def\swg@lccolor{lightgreen}
+
+% labels for meet names
+\def\swg@labelcolor{green}
+%
+% vertical lines for months
+\def\swg@monthlinecolor{lightgray}
+% vertical lines for years
+\def\swg@yearlinecolor{black}
+% horizontal lines at one second intervals
+\def\swg@oneseclinecolor{lightgray}
+% horizontal lines at five second intervals
+\def\swg@fiveseclinecolor{black}
+
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Font size for meet name labels %
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Can be empty (in which case default font size for document used)
+% or \small, \tiny, etc.
+\def\swg@labelfontsize{}
+
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Distances %
+%-------------------------------------%
+% All distances can be numbers or dimensions (e.g. 5mm). If a dimension, the
+% distance is fixed. If a number, it depends on the value of the xunit
+% (if horizontal) or yunit (if vertical). If you have graphs using various
+% yunits, a dimension may be best.
+%
+% At top:
+% Vertical distance between top of graph and base of key.
+\def\swg@keyvsep{8mm}
+%
+% At bottom:
+% Vertical distance between baseline of graph and month labels.
+\def\swg@monthvsep{5mm}
+
+% Vertical distance between baseline of month labels and year labels.
+\def\swg@yearvsep{5mm}
+
+% Vertical distance between baseline of year labels and title.
+\def\swg@titlevsep{5mm}
+
+% Vertical distance between plotted dots and meet labels
+\def\swg@labelvsep{3mm}
+
+% At side:
+% Horizontal distance between "time" label and y-axis
+\def\swg@tlabelpos{14mm}
+
+% Line width for plot of swimmer's times
+\def\swg@linewidth{1mm}
+
+% Line width for record lines
+\def\swg@reclinewidth{0.8mm}
+
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Default options %
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Record series a, b, n, and w
+\ExecuteOptions{a,b,n,w}
+
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Units %
+%-------------------------------------%
+
+% The units xunit and yunit determine the size of the plot.
+% Changing them here changes the default. You can override this
+% setting by using an optional argument of \swimgraph: e.g.
+% \swimgraph[xunit=1mm,yunit=4mm]...
+% The framesep determines the amount of white space around the boxes
+% of text that block out the background (the labels for records).
+\psset{xunit=.4mm,yunit=3.5mm,framesep=0pt}
+
+%-------------------------------------%
+% Formats used by \swimtext %
+%-------------------------------------%
+
+% For interpretation, see p. 24 of LaTeX Companion
+\renewcommand{\section}%
+ {\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2ex \@plus -.5ex \@minus -.1ex}%
+ {0.7ex \@plus.1ex}%
+ {\hskip-\parindent\hskip -7pt\hbox to 0pt{\hss\rule[1.8pt]{5pt}{5pt}\hss}%
+ \hskip 7pt\reset@font\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-1.5ex\@plus -.5ex \@minus -.1ex}%
+ {.5ex \@plus .1ex}%
+ {\reset@font\itshape}}
+
+\newenvironment{swgdescription}
+ {\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\swgdescriptionlabel
+ \parsep 0\p@
+ \itemsep 0\p@
+ \topsep 0\p@}}
+ {\endlist}
+\newcommand*\swgdescriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep
+ \normalfont #1}
+
+
+\1a
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `tpcolors.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% texpower-cfg.dtx (with options: `tpcolors')
+%%
+%% --------------------------------------------------------------
+%% TeXPower bundle - dynamic online presentations with LaTeX
+%% Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Stephan Lehmke
+%% Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Hans Fredrik Nordhaug
+%%
+%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+%% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+%% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+%% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+%% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%% --------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the TeXPower bundle is
+%% given in the file `00readme.txt'.
+%%
+%=======================================================================================================================
+% File: tpcolors.cfg
+%
+% Color configuration for the texpower package.
+%
+%=======================================================================================================================
+
+%=======================================================================================================================
+% Standard colors.
+%
+% For every of the colors described in the "Defined colors for emphasis and highlighting elements" section of the
+% documentation, there is one default value which is defined here. Further default colors are for background, panel and
+% navigation elements.
+%
+% Note that this file is loaded _only_ if TeXPower's color management is active.
+%
+% Redefine colors for individual taste. Please remember, however, that a document transferred into another configuration
+% where a different tpcolors.cfg is present, will look different on compilation. So for a `stable' color configuration,
+% it might be better to put the respective \defineTPcolor commands into the preamble of the document or into a style
+% file.
+
+% Color definitions for white background.
+
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{1,1,1}% Page background (for background style `plain').
+
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.9}% Start color for gradient background.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{1,1,1}% End color for gradient background.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0.9,1,0.9}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
+
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{textcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}% Normal text.
+
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{emcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.8}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0.8}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{0.7,0,0.3}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{0.6,0,0}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.7,0.7,0.7}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.7}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.8,0.8,0.9}% Background color for buttons.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{buttonshadowcolor}{rgb}{.001,0,.502}% Button shadow.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
+
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Top panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Bottom panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Left panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Right panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Top panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Bottom panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Left panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[whitebg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Right panel text.
+
+
+% Color definitions for `light' background.
+
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.9}% Page background (for background style `plain').
+
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Start color for gradient background.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{1,1,1}% End color for gradient background.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0.8,1,0.8}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
+
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{textcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}% Normal text.
+
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{emcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.8}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0.8}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{0,0.4,0}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{0.7,0,0.3}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{0.6,0,0}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.7,0.7,0.7}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{1,1,1}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.6}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.8,0.8,0.9}% Background color for buttons.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{buttonshadowcolor}{rgb}{.001,0,.502}% Button shadow.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
+
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Top panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Bottom panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Left panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.9}% Right panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Top panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Bottom panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Left panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[lightbg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{0}% Right panel text.
+
+
+% Color definitions for `dark' background.
+
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.4}% Page background (for background style `plain').
+
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.2}% Start color for gradient background.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.6}% End color for gradient background.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0,0.3,0.4}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
+
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{textcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.6}% Normal text.
+
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.6,0}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0,0.7,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{0.3,1,0.7}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{0.4,1,1}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.4}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.1}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.6}% Background color for buttons.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttonshadowcolor}{gray}{0}% Button shadow.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
+
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Top panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Bottom panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Left panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Right panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Top panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Bottom panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Left panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[darkbg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Right panel text.
+
+
+% Color definitions for black background.
+
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Page background (for background style `plain').
+
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Start color for gradient background.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.2}% End color for gradient background.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0,0.2,0.2}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
+
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{textcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.6}% Normal text.
+
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{emcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,0}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0,0.7,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{0.3,1,0.7}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{0.4,1,1}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.4}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.3}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.4}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.6}% Background color for buttons.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{buttonshadowcolor}{gray}{0}% Button shadow.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
+
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Top panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Bottom panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Left panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Right panel background.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Top panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Bottom panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Left panel text.
+\defineTPcolor[blackbg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Right panel text.
+
+
+% The default definitions of TeXPower's standard colors do not include dimmed and enhanced variants, leaving the
+% variants to be calculated automatically. This works quite well for the dimmed variant, but the automatically
+% calculated enhanced variant might not be to everybody's taste. The following example (if uncommented) will define
+% custom enhanced versions of all standard `text body' colors in all color sets which look slightly better than the
+% automatically calculated ones. Note that background and panels are not affected by dimming and enhancing.
+
+%% Enhanced color variants for white background.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.7}% Normal text.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{0,0,1}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0.9}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0.4}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.6,0.6,0.6}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.7}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+
+%% Enhanced color variants for `light' background.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.7}% Normal text.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{0,0,1}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0.9}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{0,0.6,0}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{0,0.65,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0.4}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.6,0.6,0.6}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{.95,1,.95}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.4}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+
+%% Enhanced color variants for `dark' background.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Normal text.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.3}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.8,0}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{1,0.6,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{0,0.9,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.4,1,0.8}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{0.7,1,1}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.5}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{0.1,0,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+
+%% Enhanced color variants for black background.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}% Normal text.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.3}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.4,0}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{1,0.6,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{0,0.9,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.4,1,0.8}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{0.7,1,1}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.5}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.4}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+
+
+% Remember that the color definitions above only represent _one_ example for a possible color configuration.
+% The following example (if uncommented) completely redefines the standard colors for the darkbackground option. This
+% works for one or all colors of this or other background options by analogy. (Comment out the definition of the
+% darkbackground colors above if convenient.)
+
+%% Color definitions for `dark' background.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{pagecolor}{rgb}{0,0.1,0}% Page background (for background style `plain').
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndstartcolor}{rgb}{0,0.05,0}% Start color for gradient background.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndendcolor}{rgb}{0,0.4,0}% End color for gradient background.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bgndmidcolor}{rgb}{0,0.2,0.5}% Middle color for gradient background (`double' gradient).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{textcolor}{rgb}{1,0.6,1}% Normal text.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emcolor}{rgb}{1,0,1}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{altemcolor}{rgb}{1,0,0.5}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{mathcolor}{rgb}{0.5,1,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{codecolor}{rgb}{0.8,0,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{underlcolor}{rgb}{1,0.7,0.3}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{conceptcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.4}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{inactivecolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.4}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{presentcolor}{rgb}{0,0,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{highlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0.3,0}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttoncolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.6}% Background color for buttons.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttonshadowcolor}{gray}{0}% Button shadow.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttonframecolor}{gray}{0}% Button frame.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{buttontextcolor}{gray}{0}% Button text.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{toppanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Top panel background.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bottompanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Bottom panel background.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{leftpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Left panel background.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{rightpanelcolor}{gray}{0.4}% Right panel background.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{toppaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Top panel text.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{bottompaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Bottom panel text.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{leftpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Left panel text.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{rightpaneltextcolor}{gray}{1}% Right panel text.
+
+
+% In the usual standard defaults given above, no dimmed or enhanced variants are included, to demonstrate TeXPower's
+% automatic dimming and enhancing capabilities. It is possible, however, to provide `hand-tuned' dimmed and enhanced
+% variants for nicer results. This is done by prefixing "d" or "e" to the color name. In the following, custom dimmed
+% and enhanced variants of some of the colors defined above are specified. Note that background and panels are not
+% affected by dimming and enhancing, so only the `text body' colors are specified.
+
+%% Dimmed color variants for `dark' background.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dtextcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.4,0.5}% Normal text.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{demcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0,0.5}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{daltemcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0,0.2}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dmathcolor}{rgb}{0.2,0.5,0.5}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dcodecolor}{rgb}{0.5,0,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dunderlcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.3,0.1}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dconceptcolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.2}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dinactivecolor}{rgb}{0.2,0.2,0.2}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dpresentcolor}{rgb}{0,0.05,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dhighlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0.15,0}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+
+%% Enhanced color variants for `dark' background.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{etextcolor}{rgb}{1,0.8,1}% Normal text.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{eemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.2,1}% Emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ealtemcolor}{rgb}{1,0.2,0.7}% Double emphasised text (if coloremph option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emathcolor}{rgb}{0.7,1,1}% Math (if colormath option is given).
+
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ecodecolor}{rgb}{1,0,0}% \code (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{eunderlcolor}{rgb}{1,0.9,0.5}% \underl (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{econceptcolor}{rgb}{1,1,0.6}% \concept (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{einactivecolor}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.5}% \inactive (additional emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{epresentcolor}{rgb}{0.2,0,0}% Background color for \present (emphasising command).
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{ehighlightcolor}{rgb}{0,0.4,0}% Background color for \highlight (emphasising command).
+
+
+
+% The following example (if uncommented) shows what is neccessary for defining a completely new standard color which is
+% recognized by TeXPower commands like \dimcolors, \enhancecolors (and display commands using those) as well as the
+% commands \whitebackground, \lightbackground, \darkbackground, and \blackbackground.
+%
+% If you don't want to give different definitions of your color for different backgrounds, you can define it just in the
+% current color set (leaving out the optional argument to \defineTPcolor), but then it will stay the same on all
+% backgrounds and not be adapted when the background color changes.
+%
+% You don't have to define dimmed and enhanced variants of your color (with prefix d and e, respectively). If you just
+% leave them out, TeXPower will calculate appropriate variants automatically.
+
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{mycolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,0}% Variants of mycolor for white backgrounds.
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{dmycolor}{rgb}{0.9,0.8,0.6}%
+% \defineTPcolor[whitebg]{emycolor}{rgb}{1,0.7,0}%
+% %
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{mycolor}{rgb}{1,0.5,0}% Variants of mycolor for light backgrounds.
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{dmycolor}{rgb}{0.9,0.8,0.6}%
+% \defineTPcolor[lightbg]{emycolor}{rgb}{1,0.7,0}%
+% %
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{mycolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,1}% Variants of mycolor for dark backgrounds.
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{dmycolor}{rgb}{0.1,0.2,0.4}%
+% \defineTPcolor[darkbg]{emycolor}{rgb}{0,0.3,1}%
+% %
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{mycolor}{rgb}{0,0.5,1}% Variants of mycolor for black backgrounds.
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{dmycolor}{rgb}{0.1,0.2,0.4}%
+% \defineTPcolor[blackbg]{emycolor}{rgb}{0,0.3,1}%
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `tpcolors.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `tpoptions.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% texpower-cfg.dtx (with options: `tpoptions')
+%%
+%% --------------------------------------------------------------
+%% TeXPower bundle - dynamic online presentations with LaTeX
+%% Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Stephan Lehmke
+%% Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Hans Fredrik Nordhaug
+%%
+%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+%% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+%% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+%% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+%% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%% --------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the TeXPower bundle is
+%% given in the file `00readme.txt'.
+%%
+%=======================================================================================================================
+% File: tpoptions.cfg
+%
+% System-specific configuration of options defined by the texpower package.
+%
+%=======================================================================================================================
+
+% The following example (if uncommented) will turn on the display option by default.
+
+%\ExecuteOptions{display}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `tpoptions.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `tpsettings.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% texpower-cfg.dtx (with options: `tpsettings')
+%%
+%% --------------------------------------------------------------
+%% TeXPower bundle - dynamic online presentations with LaTeX
+%% Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Stephan Lehmke
+%% Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Hans Fredrik Nordhaug
+%%
+%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+%% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+%% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+%% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+%% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%% --------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the TeXPower bundle is
+%% given in the file `00readme.txt'.
+%%
+%=======================================================================================================================
+% File: tpsettings.cfg
+%
+% System-specific configuration of defaults defined by the texpower package.
+%
+%=======================================================================================================================
+
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `tpsettings.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+% Copyright 2011 by Alain Matthes
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified
+%
+% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or
+% 2. under the GNU Public License.
+
+% original tkz-base.cfg
+%
+% If you modify this original file, YOUR CHANGES WILL BE LOST when it is
+% updated. Instead, put your changes in the entire copy of tkz-base.cfg
+% and save the file in a directory part of your TEXINPUTS environment
+% variable.
+
+\def\fileversion{1.16 c}
+\def\filedate{2011/06/01}
+\makeatletter
+%<--------- axes cartesian system ---------------------------------------–>
+\global\edef\tkz@init@color{\tkz@textcolor}
+\global\def\tkz@init@lw{0.4 pt}
+\global\def\tkz@init@tickwd{0.8 pt}
+\global\def\tkz@init@ticka{2 pt}
+\global\def\tkz@init@tickb{2 pt}
+\global\def\tkz@init@xlabel{$x$}
+\global\def\tkz@init@ylabel{$y$}
+\global\def\tkz@init@tickb{2 pt}
+\global\def\tkz@init@rightspace{.5}
+\global\def\tkz@init@leftspace{0}
+\global\def\tkz@init@upspace{.5}
+\global\def\tkz@init@downspace{0}
+\global\let\tkzmathstyle\displaystyle
+\global\def\tkz@legend@line@len{1cm}
+%<------------------------------ styles ---------------------------------–>
+\tikzset{xlabel style/.style={below=3 pt,
+ inner sep = 1pt,
+ outer sep = 0pt}}
+\tikzset{xaxe style/.style ={>=latex,->}}
+\tikzset{ylabel style/.style={left = 3 pt,
+ inner sep = 1pt,
+ outer sep = 0pt}}
+\tikzset{yaxe style/.style ={>=latex,->}}
+%<-------------------------- rep ---------------------------------------–>
+\global\edef\tkz@sur@color{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
+\global\edef\tkz@sur@colorlabel{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
+\global\def\tkz@sur@lw{0.8 pt}
+\global\def\tkz@sur@posxlabel{below=2pt}
+\global\def\tkz@sur@posylabel{left=2pt}
+\tikzset{rep style/.style={->,>=latex}}
+%<-------------------------- grid ---------------------------------------–>
+\global\edef\tkz@grid@color{gray}
+\global\def\tkz@grid@lw{0.4 pt}
+\global\def\tkzCoeffSubColor{50}
+\global\def\tkzCoeffSubLw{0.8}
+\global\def\tkz@grid@xstep{0.2}
+\global\def\tkz@grid@ystep{0.2}
+%<-------------------------- line ---------------------------------------–>
+\global\edef\tkz@euc@linecolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
+\global\def\tkz@euc@linewidth{0.6pt}
+\global\def\tkz@euc@linestyle{solid}
+\global\def\tkz@euc@lineleft{.2}
+\global\def\tkz@euc@lineright{.2}
+\tikzset{line style/.style={%
+ line width = \tkz@euc@linewidth,
+ color = \tkz@euc@linecolor,
+ style = \tkz@euc@linestyle,
+ add = {\tkz@euc@lineleft} and {\tkz@euc@lineright}}
+ }
+%<-------------------------- points -----------------------------------–>
+\global\edef\tkz@euc@pointshape{circle}
+\global\edef\tkz@euc@pointcolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
+\global\edef\tkz@euc@labelcolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
+\global\def\tkz@euc@pointsize{6}
+\global\def\tkz@euc@pointpos{below right}
+\global\edef\tkz@euc@segmentcolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
+\global\edef\tkz@euc@circlecolor{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
+\tikzset{point style/.style={draw = \tkz@euc@pointcolor,
+ inner sep = 0pt,
+ shape = \tkz@euc@pointshape,
+ minimum size = \tkz@euc@pointsize*\pgflinewidth,
+ fill = \tkz@euc@pointcolor!50}}
+%<------------------------- compass -----------------------------------–>
+\global\edef\tkz@euc@compasscolor{\tkz@otherlinecolor}
+\global\def\tkz@euc@compasswidth{0.4pt}
+\global\def\tkz@euc@compassstyle{solid}
+\tikzset{compass style/.style={color = \tkz@euc@compasscolor,
+ line width = \tkz@euc@compasswidth,
+ style = \tkz@euc@compassstyle}}
+%<---------------------------- mark -----------------------------------–>
+\global\edef\tkz@mk@color{\tkz@mainlinecolor}
+\global\edef\tkz@mk@mark{*}
+\global\edef\tkz@mk@size{3pt}
+\global\edef\tkz@mk@fill{\tkz@otherlinecolor}
+\tikzset{mark style/.style={mark=\tkz@mk@mark,mark size=\tkz@mk@size,mark options={color=\tkz@mk@color,fill=\tkz@mk@fill}}}
+%<---------------------- show coord -----------------------------------–>
+\tikzset{arrow coord style/.style={dashed,
+ \tkz@euc@linecolor,
+ >=latex',
+ ->}}
+\tikzset{xcoord style/.style={\tkz@euc@labelcolor,
+ font=\normalsize,text height=1ex,
+ inner sep = 0pt,
+ outer sep = 0pt,
+ fill=\tkz@fillcolor,
+ below=3pt}}
+\tikzset{ycoord style/.style={\tkz@euc@labelcolor,
+ font=\normalsize,text height=1ex,
+ inner sep = 0pt,
+ outer sep = 0pt,
+ fill=\tkz@fillcolor,
+ left=3pt}}
+%<--------------------------- vector --------------------------------------–>
+\tikzset{vector style/.style={>=latex,->}}
+
+%<------------------------- Cartesian system -----------------------------–>
+% Default
+% Geometry Euclidean with unity for x and y = 1cm ---> step=1
+% 0 ≤ x ≤ 10
+% 0 ≤ y ≤ 10
+\xdef\tkz@init@xorigine{0}
+\xdef\tkz@init@yorigine{0}
+\xdef\tkz@init@xstep{1}
+\xdef\tkz@init@ystep{1}
+\xdef\tkz@init@xmin{0}
+\xdef\tkz@init@ymin{0}
+\xdef\tkz@init@xmax{10}
+\xdef\tkz@init@ymax{10}
+\xdef\tkz@init@xdec{1}
+\xdef\tkz@init@ydec{1}
+%<--------------------------------------------------------------------------–>
+\makeatother
+\endinput
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+% $Id: typeface.cfg 905 2012-06-18 03:44:37Z Geoffrey $
+%
+\ProvidesFile{\TF@CONFIGFILE}
+ [2012/03/05 \TF@PACKAGENAME\space package configuration file]
+
+% Provide some EXTRA encoding choices to typeface package users at
+% this site. NB, internal code, so comma not colon-separated lists.
+%------------------------------------------------------------------
+% % in this example, make sure xxenc.def and yyenc.def exist
+% % or fontenc will complain
+% \renewcommand*\tf@fontencodingchoices{XX,XY}
+
+% Redefine site default typefaces. Here are some typographically dubious
+% examples. Note that since these definitions literally substitute for
+% users' package options if not explicitly provided, ensure your syntax
+% is correct -- package (sub)options lists should be colon not
+% comma-separated.
+%-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTRMFONT{kpfonts:veryoldstyle:largesmallcaps}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTSFFONT{helv:scale:0.75}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTTTFONT{luxi}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTMATHFONT{iwona:light:condensed}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTSYMBOLSFONT{ams}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTTEXTFIGURESFONT{palatino:spacing:20:lkern:-20:rkern:5}
+
+% Ditto here. Possibly useful for configuring locales, e.g.,
+%-----------------------------------------------------------
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTFONTENCODING{EU1:T1}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTINPUTENCODING{dontload}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTTEXTCOMP{safe}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEFAULTCMAP{ignore}
+
+% Redefine in-built debug colours
+%--------------------------------
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@TS{purple}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@SC{magenta}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@JF{green}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@XF{red}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@LININGNUMS{olive}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@RM{Indigo}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@SF{Maroon}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@TT{Green}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@MATH{ProcessBlue}
+% \renewcommand*\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@XFNAME{\TF@DEBUG@COLOUR@XF}
+
+% Examples \beforeloadingXXX and \afterloadingXXX,
+% where XXX is symbols, math, rm, sf, tt or textfigures
+%--------------------------------------------------------
+% \newcommand*\beforeloadingmath{
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@mathfont}{amsfonts}}{
+% % undefine the following to prevent amsfonts namespace clashes
+% \tf@undefinecommands{\underrightarrow,\underleftarrow}
+% \TF@PackageDebugInfoNoLine[\TF@CONFIGFILE]{%
+% Blew away \string\underrightarrow\space and
+% \string\underleftarrow\MessageBreak
+% symbols before loading amsfonts package}
+% }{}
+% }
+
+% User-supplied typeface definitions for the typeface package
+%============================================================
+% The \newtypeface command can be used to introduce new
+% fonts to typeface package management. The command accepts
+% one optional and four required parameters:
+% #1: [<optional comma-separated list of aliases for typeface name>]
+% #2: {<typeface name>}
+% #3: {<human-readable typeface name (its print name)>}
+% #4: {<typeface family: rm, sf, tt, math, symbol or textfigures>}
+% #5: {<typeface initialisation code>}
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% Example typeface definitions follow. Most of these involve
+% commercial fonts that will need to be purchased and installed.
+%
+% NB, bear in mind that unless you override it using the `fontloadorder'
+% package option (which you should vigorously try to avoid) the
+% typeface package loads fonts in this order:
+% textfigures, symbols, math, rm, sf, tt
+% This will make a difference if your code loads and doesn't properly
+% account for packages that override font setups configured earlier in
+% the chain (best if you can keep your code free of side effects, as
+% in the examples below).
+%
+% Use debug-instrumented command \tf@usefontpackage in preference to
+% \usepackage whenever loading font packages, not using it at other times.
+%-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% Adobe American Typewriter (strictly speaking, not a monospaced font)
+\newtypeface[americantypewriter,americantt,att]{adobeamericantypewriter}
+ {Adobe American Typewriter}{tt}{
+ % the \scaletypeface command, below, requires compatible *pat.fd files
+ \scaletypeface{tt}{\newcommand*\pat@scale{\tf@ttscalefactor}}
+ \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pat}
+}
+
+% Adobe Bembo
+\newtypeface[bembo]{adobebembo}{Adobe Bembo}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pbb}
+ \tf@SCencodedosf
+}
+
+% Adobe Caslon
+\newtypeface{adobecaslon}{Adobe Caslon}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pac}
+ \tf@SCencodedosf
+}
+
+% Adobe Garamond
+\newtypeface{adobegaramond}{Adobe Garamond}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pad}
+ \tf@SCencodedosf
+}
+
+% Adobe Gill Sans
+\newtypeface[adobegill,gillsans,gill]{adobegillsans}{Adobe Gill Sans}{sf}{
+ % the \scaletypeface command, below, requires compatible *pgs.fd files
+ \scaletypeface{sf}{\newcommand*\pgs@scale{\tf@sfscalefactor}}
+ \renewcommand*\sfdefault{pgs}
+}
+
+% Adobe Granjon
+\newtypeface{adobegranjon}{Adobe Granjon}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pgj}
+ \tf@SCencodedosf
+}
+
+% Adobe Janson. NB, this is Adobe Janson, NOT Adobe Jenson!
+\newtypeface{adobejanson}{Adobe Janson}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{pjn}
+ \tf@SCencodedosf
+}
+
+% Adobe Jenson. NB, this is Adobe Jenson, NOT Adobe Janson!
+\newtypeface{adobejenson}{Adobe Jenson}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{paj}
+ \TF@NativeOSFError
+}
+
+% Adobe Lucida
+\newtypeface{adobelucida}{Adobe Lucida}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{plc}
+ \TF@NativeOSFError
+}
+
+% Adobe Myriad Pro
+\newtypeface{adobemyriadpro}{Adobe Myriad Pro}{sf}{
+ \tf@ifsuboption{osf}{\tf@sffontoptions}{
+ % Myriad Pro has an OSF variant (depending on your installation)
+ \renewcommand*\sfdefault{Myriad-OsF}
+ \xdef\tf@sfprintname{\tf@sfprintname\ OSF}
+ }{
+ \renewcommand*\sfdefault{Myriad-LF}
+ }
+}
+
+% Adobe Sabon
+\newtypeface{adobesabon}{Adobe Sabon}{rm}{
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@osf@method}{\TF@OSF@JF}}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{psbj} % Native old style figures
+ \tf@define@liningfigures{psb}
+ }{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{psb} % Lining figures
+ }
+ \tf@define@oldstylenums@cmd{psbj}
+}
+
+% Adobe Sabon text figures
+\newtypeface{adobesabon}{Adobe Sabon}{textfigures}{
+ \tf@initialisetextfiguresfont{T1}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{n} {psbr9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sc} {psbrc9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{it} {psbri9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sl} {psbri9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{n} {psbb9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{it} {psbbi9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sl} {psbbi9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{n} {psbb9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{it}{psbbi9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sl}{psbbi9d}
+}
+
+% Adobe Times Roman Expert (with true smallcaps and oldstyle figures)
+% NB, if you receive `Package textcomp warning: Oldstyle digits unavailable
+% for family ptmj' (or ptmx), you might try loading the typeface
+% package with option `textcomp=force', e.g,
+% \usepackage[typeface=timesexpert,textcomp=force,...]{typeface}
+\newtypeface[timesx]{adobetimesexpert}{Adobe Times Roman Expert}{rm}{
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@osf@method}{\TF@OSF@JF}}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ptmj} % Native old style figures
+ \tf@define@liningfigures{ptmx}
+ }{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ptmx} % Lining figures
+ }
+}
+
+\newtypeface[timesx]{adobetimesexpert}{Adobe Times Roman Expert}{textfigures}{
+ \tf@initialisetextfiguresfont{T1}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{n} {ptmr9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sc} {ptmrc9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{it} {ptmri9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sl} {ptmri9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{n} {ptmb9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sc} {ptmbc9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{it} {ptmbi9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sl} {ptmbi9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{n} {ptmb9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sc}{ptmbc9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{it}{ptmbi9d}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sl}{ptmbi9d}
+}
+
+% Adobe Trade Gothic
+\newtypeface[atg,tradegothic]{adobetradegothic}{Adobe Trade Gothic}{sf}{
+ % the \scaletypeface command, below, requires compatible *ptg.fd files
+ \scaletypeface{sf}{\newcommand*\ptg@scale{\tf@sfscalefactor}}
+ \renewcommand*\sfdefault{ptg}
+}
+
+\newtypeface{ebgaramond}{EB Garamond}{rm}{
+ % OTF's available at http://www.georgduffner.at/ebgaramond/
+ % Converted to type1 using autoinst (but I screwed up ligatures
+ % conversion on my copy somewhere along the way).
+ % Note that it's early days for this font, e.g., no bold, bold-italic,
+ % and extremely poor italic correction. Nevertheless, what there is
+ % right now is very attractive and shows considerable promise.
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@osf@method}{\TF@OSF@JF}}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{EBGaramond-OsF} % Native old style figures
+ \tf@define@liningfigures{EBGaramond-LF}
+ }{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{EBGaramond-LF} % Lining figures
+ }
+ \tf@define@oldstylenums@cmd{EBGaramond-OsF}
+}
+
+% Emigre Mrs Eaves
+\newtypeface{mrseaves}{Mrs Eaves}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\bfdefault{b}
+ \renewcommand*\mddefault{m}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\tf@osf@method}{\TF@OSF@JF}}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{MrsEavesOT-OsF} % Native old style figures
+ \tf@define@liningfigures{MrsEavesOT-LF}
+ }{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{MrsEavesOT-LF} % Lining figures
+ }
+ \tf@define@oldstylenums@cmd{MrsEavesOT-OsF}
+}
+
+% Hoefler & Frere-Jones Hoefler Text
+\newtypeface[hoefler]{hoeflertext}{Hoefler Text}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{eht} % TODO: configure lf for HOEFLER TEXT ALT.
+ \tf@define@liningfigures{ptm} % Until then, use Times lf instead. Urggh.
+ \tf@define@oldstylenums@cmd{eht} % Redefine \oldstylenums to suit.
+}
+
+\newtypeface[hoefler]{hoeflertext}{Hoefler Text}{textfigures}{
+ \tf@initialisetextfiguresfont{T1}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{n} {ehtr8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sc} {ehtrc8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{sl} {ehtro8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{m}{it} {ehtri8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{n} {ehtb8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sc} {ehtbc8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{sl} {ehtbo8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{b}{it} {ehtbi8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{eb}{n} {ehtc8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{eb}{sc}{ehtcc8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{eb}{sl}{ehtco8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{eb}{it}{ehtci8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{n} {ehtb8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sc}{ehtbc8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{sl}{ehtbo8t}
+ \tf@DeclareOsfFontShape{bx}{it}{ehtbi8t}
+}
+
+% Linotype Didot
+\newtypeface[ldidot]{linotypedidot}{Linotype Didot}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ldo}
+ \tf@SCencodedosf
+}
+
+% Linotype Sabon
+\newtypeface[lsabon]{linotypesabon}{Linotype Sabon}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{lsb}
+ \TF@NativeOSFError
+}
+
+% Linotype Times Ten
+\newtypeface[timesten]{linotypetimesten}{Linotype Times Ten}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ltt}
+ \TF@NativeOSFError
+}
+
+% Monotype Scotch Roman. Ha ha! Might look good in an ancient history thesis!
+\newtypeface[scotchroman]{monotypescotchroman}{Monotype Scotch Roman}{rm}{
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ms1}
+ \TF@NativeOSFError
+}
+
+\newtypeface[vgaramond,varoquaux]{varoquauxgaramond}
+ {URW Garamond (Varoquaux)}{rm}{
+ % Modded set of URW Garamond fonts (possibly) available at
+ % http://gael-varoquaux.info/computers/garamond/index.html
+ % This fontset provides several advantages over URW Garamond, including:
+ % smallcaps, osf and long tailed Q. However, like URW Garamond, there are
+ % weaknesses. Adobe Garamond offers another alternative.
+ \renewcommand*\rmdefault{ggm}\normalfont
+ \tf@define@liningfigures{ugm}
+ \TF@NativeLFError
+}
+
+% Verdana truetype font (see verdana package for further details)
+\newtypeface{verdana}{Verdana}{sf}{
+ \tf@ifsuboption{nofligatures}{\tf@sffontoptions}{
+ \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{vnax} % if f-ligatures cause problems
+ }{
+ \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{vna}
+ }
+}
+
+%-------- End typeface.cfg ----------------------------------------------------
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `yagusylo.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% yagusylo.dtx (with options: `config')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2009 Y. Henel alias le TeXnicien de surface
+%% <le.texnicien.de.surface@wanadoo.fr>
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
+%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+%% license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+%% 1999/12/01 or later.
+\defyagenumpattern{wastrol}{symfam=wasysym,
+ firstitemnum=88, enumlength=14, symcolor=purple}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `yagusylo.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+%%
+%% This is file `ydoc.cfg',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% ydoc.dtx (with options: `ydoc.cfg')
+%%
+%% Please delete the following line on manual changes:
+\ProvidesFile{ydoc.cfg}[%
+ 2012/05/03
+ v0.6alpha
+ Default config file for ydoc]
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\IfFileExists{fourier.sty}{%
+ \usepackage{fourier}
+}{}
+\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{
+ \IfFileExists{fourier.sty}{
+ \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{lmtt}
+ }{
+ \usepackage{lmodern}
+ }
+}{}
+\urlstyle{sf}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+\usepackage{microtype}
+\fi
+\usepackage{array}
+\usepackage{booktabs}
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage{listings}
+\usepackage{booktabs}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\reversemarginpar
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `ydoc.cfg'.
--- /dev/null
+Map epiolmec.map
+MixedMap esint.map
+MixedMap manfnt.map
--- /dev/null
+Map knitfont.map
+MixedMap xypic.map
Map fpls.map
Map pazo.map
Map utopia.map
+Map epiolmec.map
+MixedMap esint.map
+MixedMap manfnt.map
+Map knitfont.map
+MixedMap xypic.map
[pcap1]
#default file is /var/log/ulogd/ulogd.pcap
-#file=/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.pcap
+#file="/var/log/ulogd/ulogd.pcap"
sync=1
[mysql1]
table="ulog"
pass="changeme"
procedure="INSERT_PACKET_FULL"
+# backlog configuration:
+# set backlog_memcap to the size of memory that will be
+# allocated to store events in memory if data is temporary down
+# and insert them when the database came back.
+#backlog_memcap=1000000
+# number of events to insert at once when backlog is not empty
+#backlog_oneshot_requests=10
[mysql2]
db="nulog"
#schema="public"
pass="changeme"
procedure="INSERT_PACKET_FULL"
+# connstring can be used to define PostgreSQL connection string which
+# contains all parameters of the connection. If set, this value has
+# precedence on other variables used to build the connection string.
+# See http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.2/static/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNSTRING
+# for a complete description of options.
+#connstring="host=localhost port=4321 dbname=nulog user=nupik password=changeme"
+#backlog_memcap=1000000
+#backlog_oneshot_requests=10
+# If superior to 1 a thread dedicated to SQL request execution
+# is created. The value stores the number of SQL request to keep
+# in the ring buffer
+#ring_buffer_size=1000
[pgsql2]
db="nulog"
projects / config / uhu1 / etc.git / commitdiff